Mitsubishi EHST20C-YM9HB, EHPT20X-VM2HB, EHST20C-VM6B, EHST20C-VM6SB, EHPT20X-VM6HB Service Manual
...
CYLINDER UNIT
SERVICE MANUAL
R410A
[Model name]
EHST20C-VM6HB
EHST20C-YM9HB
EHST20C-VM6B
[Service Ref.]
EHST20C-VM6HB.UK
EHST20C-YM9HB.UK
EHST20C-VM6B.UK
September 2012
No. OCH531
Note:
• This manual describes only
service data of cylinder unit.
• RoHS compliant products have
<G> mark on the spec name
plate.
EHST20C-YM9B
EHST20C-VM6EB
EHST20C-YM9EB
EHST20C-VM6SB
EHPT20X-VM2HB
EHPT20X-VM6HB
EHPT20X-YM9HB
EHPT20X-VM6B
EHPT20X-YM9B
CYLINDER UNIT
EHST20C-YM9B.UK
EHST20C-VM6EB.UK
EHST20C-YM9EB.UK
EHST20C-VM6SB.UK
EHPT20X-VM2HB.UK
EHPT20X-VM6HB.UK
EHPT20X-YM9HB.UK
EHPT20X-VM6B.UK
EHPT20X-YM9B.UK
CONTENTS
1. REFERENCE MANUAL
2. SAFETY PRECAUTION
3. SPECIFICATIONS
4. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS
5. OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS
6. WIRING DIAGRAM
7. FIELD WIRING
8. WATER SYSTEM DIAGRAM
9. CONTROLS
10. TROUBLESHOOTING
11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
12. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
MAIN CONTROLLER
13. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
...................................
...................................
............................................
..................
.....................
.........................................
...............................................
.........................
...................................................
...................................
......................
.............
...................
2
3
6
7
10
11
24
28
33
53
69
85
86
PARTS CATALOG (OCB531)
2
3
1
OCH531
REFERENCE MANUAL
OUTDOOR UNIT'S SERVICE MANUAL
Service Ref. Service Manual No.
PUHZ-RP35/50/60/71VHA4
OCH451PUHZ-RP100/125/140VKA
PUHZ-RP100/125/140YKA
PUHZ-HRP71/100VHA
PUHZ-HRP71/100VHA2
PUHZ-HRP71/100VHA2R1
PUHZ-HRP100VHA2R2
PUHZ-HRP100/125YHA
PUHZ-HRP100/125YHA2
PUHZ-HRP100/125YHA2R1
PUHZ-W50/85VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-W50/85VHAR1(-BS)
PUHZ-W50VHAR2(-BS)
PUHZ-W85VHA2.UK
PUHZ-W85VHA2-BS.UK
PUHZ-HW112/140YHA(-BS)
PUHZ-HW112/140YHA2(-BS)
PUHZ-HW112/140YHA2R1(-BS)
PUHZ-HW112/140YHA2R3(-BS)
PUHZ-HW140VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS)
PUHZ-HW140VHA2R1(-BS)
PUHZ-HW140VHA2R2-BS
PUHZ-HW140VHA2R3(-BS)
PUHZ-SW40/45VHA(-BS) OCH525
PUHZ-SW75/100/120VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100/125YHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW80/112VHA
PUHZ-SWH112/140YHA
OCH425
OCH439
OCH465
OCH439
OCH533
OCH526
3
2
OCH531
Please read the following safety precautions carefully.
SAFETY PRECAUTION
WARNING:
Precautions that must be observed to prevent injuries or death.
Mitsubishi Electric is not responsible for the failure of locally-supplied and eld-supplied parts.
Be sure to perform periodical maintenance.
•
Be sure to follow your local regulations.
•
Be sure to follow the instructions provided in this manual.
•
CAUTION:
Precautions that must be observed to prevent damage to unit.
WARNING
Mechanical
The cylinder unit and outdoor unit must not be installed, disassembled, relocated, altered or repaired by the user. Ask an authorised installer or technician. If the
unit is installed improperly or modied after installation by the user water leakage, electric shock or re may result.
The outdoor unit should be securely xed to a hard level surface capable of bearing its weight.
The cylinder unit should be positioned on a hard level surface capable of supporting its lled weight to prevent excessive sound or vibration.
Do not position furniture or electrical appliances below the outdoor unit or cylinder unit.
The discharge pipework from the emergency devices of the cylinder unit should be installed according to local law.
Only use accessories and replacement parts authorised by Mitsubishi Electric ask a qualied technician to t the parts.
Electrical
All electrical work should be performed by a qualied technician according to local regulations and the instructions given in this manual.
The units must be powered by a dedicated power supply and the correct voltage and circuit breakers must be used.
Wiring should be in accordance with national wiring regulations. Connections must be made securely and without tension on the terminals.
Earth unit correctly.
General
Keep children and pets away from both the cylinder unit and outdoor unit.
Do not use the hot water produced by the heat pump directly for drinking or cooking. This could cause illness to the user.
Do not stand on the units.
Do not touch switches with wet hands.
Annual maintenance checks on both the cylinder unit and the outdoor unit should be done by qualied person.
Do not place containers with liquids in on top of the cylinder unit. If they leak or spill onto the cylinder unit damage to the unit and/or re could occur.
Do not place any heavy items on top of the cylinder unit.
When installing or relocating, or servicing the cylinder unit, use only the specied refrigerant (R410A) to charge the refrigerant lines. Do not mix it with any other
refrigerant and do not allow air to remain in the lines. If air is mixed with the refrigerant, then it can be the cause of abnormal high pressure in the refrigerant
line, and may result in an explosion and other hazards.
The use of any refrigerant other than that specied for the system will cause mechanical failure or system malfunction or unit breakdown. In the worst case, this
could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
In heating mode, to avoid the heat emitters being damaged by excessively hot water, set the target ow temperature to a minimum of 2ºC below the maximum
allowable temperature of all the heat emitters. For Zone2, set the target ow temperature to a minimum of 5ºC below the maximum allowable ow temperature
of all the heat emitters in Zone2 circuit.
CAUTION
Use clean water that meets local quality standards on the primary circuit.
The outdoor unit should be installed in an area with sufcient airow according to the diagrams in the outdoor unit installation manual.
The cylinder unit should be located inside to minimise heat loss.
Water pipe-runs on the primary circuit between outdoor and indoor unit should be kept to a minimum to reduce heat loss.
Ensure condensate from outdoor unit is piped away from the base to avoid puddles of water.
Remove as much air as possible from the primary and DHW circuits.
Refrigerant leakage may cause suffocation. Provide ventilation in accordance with EN378-1.
Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may result in burns or frostbite.
Never put batteries in your mouth for any reason to avoid accidental ingestion.
Battery ingestion may cause choking and/or poisoning.
Install the unit on a rigid structure to prevent excessive sound or vibration during operation.
Do not transport the cylinder unit with water inside the DHW tank or coil. This could cause damage to the unit.
If power to the cylinder unit is to be turned off (or system switched off) for a long time, the water should be drained.
If unused for a long period, before operation is resumed, DHW tank should be ushed through with potable water.
Preventative measures should be taken against water hammer, such as installing a Water Hammer Arrestor on the primary water circuit, as directed by the manu-
facturer.
4
5
WARNING (SPLIT MODELS ONLY)
OCH531
Do not discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere if refrigerant leaks during installation, ventilate the room.
Use appropriate tools for high pressure refrigerant.
When pumping down refrigerant , stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes.
During installation securely fasten the refrigerant pipes before starting the compressor.
Check that refrigerant gas does not leak after the completion of installation.
Use R410A refrigerant only. Do not allow air to enter the lines. Failure to observe these instructions will cause mechanical failure, system failure or, in the worst
case, serious breach of product safety.
CAUTION (SPLIT MODELS ONLY)
<Using R410A refrigerant heat pumps>
Use C1220 copper phosphorus, for copper and copper alloy seamless pipes, to connect the refrigerant pipes. Make sure the insides of the pipes are clean and
do not contain any harmful contaminants such as sulfuric compounds, oxidants, debris, or dust. Use pipes with the specied thickness. (Refer to section 4.5. in
the installation manual.) Note the following if reusing existing pipes that carried R22 refrigerant.
- Replace the existing are nuts and are the ared sections again.
- Do not use thin pipes. (Refer to section 4.5 in the installation manual.)
Store the pipes to be used during installation indoors and keep both ends of the pipes sealed until just before brazing. (Leave elbow joints, etc. in their packaging.) If dust, debris, or moisture enters the refrigerant lines, oil deterioration or compressor breakdown may result.
Use ester oil, ether oil, alkylbenzene oil (small amount) as the refrigeration oil applied to the ared sections. If mineral oil is mixed in the refrigeration oil, oil dete-
rioration may result.
Do not use refrigerant other than R410A refrigerant. If another refrigerant is used, the chlorine will cause the oil to deteriorate.
Use the following tools specically designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The following tools are necessary to use R410A refrigerant. Contact your nearest
dealer for any questions.
Gauge manifold Flare tool
Charge hose Size adjustment gauge
Gas leak detector Vacuum pump adapter
Torque wrench Electronic refrigerant charging scale
Be sure to use the correct tools. If dust, debris, or moisture enters the refrigerant lines, refrigeration oil deterioration may result.
Do not use a charging cylinder, a cylindrical measuring container, when charging R410A refrigerant gas. If the refrigerant gas is transferred to a charging cylinder,
the composition of the refrigerant will change and system efciency will be reduced.
Tools (for R410A)
Gravimeter
Unit
5
[1] Cautions for service
OCH531
(1) Perform service after recovering the refrigerant left in unit completely.
(2) Do not release refrigerant in the air.
(3) After completing service, charge the cycle with specified amount of refrigerant.
(4) When performing service, install a filter drier simultaneously.
Be sure to use a filter drier for new refrigerant.
[2] Additional refrigerant charge
When charging directly from refrigerant cylinder
· Check that cylinder for R410A on the market is syphon type.
· Charging should be performed with the
phase.)
refrigerant
cylinder of syphon stood vertically. (Refrigerant is charged from liquid
[3] Service tools
Use the service tools below as exclusive tools for R410A refrigerant.
No. Tool name Specifications
1
Gauge manifold
2
Charge hose
3
Electronic scale
4
Gas leak detector · Use the detector for R134a, R407C or R410A
5
Adaptor for reverse flow check · Attach on vacuum pump.
6
Refrigerant charge base
7
Refrigerant cylinder
8
Refrigerant recovery equipment
· Only for R410A
· Use the existing fitting
· Use high-tension side pressure of 5.3 MPa·G or over.
· Only for R410A
· Use pressure performance of 5.09 MPa·G or over.
· Only for R410A ·Top of cylinder (Pink)
· Cylinder with syphon
specifications
—
—
—
. (UNF1/2)
6
7
3
OCH531
SPECIFICATIONS
EHPT20X-
EHPT20X-
EHPT20X-
EHPT20X-
EHPT20X-
EHST20C-
EHST20C-
EHST20C-
YM9B
VM6B
YM9HB
VM6HB
VM2HB
VM6SB
YM9EB
VM6EB
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(7 bar)
90°C/0.7 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
50 Hz
3~, 400 V,
50 Hz
~/N, 230 V,
50 Hz
3~, 400 V,
50 Hz
~/N, 230 V,
*1 The environment must be frost-free.
*2 Tested under BS7206 conditions .
— — — — —
~/N, 230 V, 50 Hz
10A
~/N, 230 V,
~/N, 230 V,
3~, 400 V,
~/N, 230 V,
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
*3 Do not t immersion heaters without thermal cut-out.
EHST20C-
EHST20C-
EHST20C-
YM9B
VM6B
YM9HB
VM6HB
343 kg 343 kg 342 kg 342 kg 337 kg 337 kg 343 kg 326 kg 328 kg 328 kg 327 kg 327 kg
1 bar — — 1 bar
Nominal volume 12 L — — 12 L
Charge pressure
Control thermistor Heating 1 - 80°C
Pressure relief valve 0.3 MPa (3 bar)
Flow switch Min ow 5.5 l/min
Thermal Cut-out (for dry run prevention) 121°C
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
1.0 MPa
(10 bar)
Temperature and pressure relief valve 1.0 MPa
Gas 15.88 mm 15.88 mm 15.88 mm 15.88 mm 15.88 mm 15.88 mm 15.88 mm
Liquid 9.52 mm 9.52 mm 9.52 mm 9.52 mm 9.52 mm 9.52 mm 9.52 mm
Heating 25 - 60°C
Refrigerant
(R410A)
Cooling —
Heating 10 - 30°C
Cooling —
Flow temperature
Room temperature
(Phase, voltage, frequency)
Br ea ker (*wh e n pow ere d
Heating See outdoor unit spec table.
Cooling —
Time to raise DHW tank temp 15 - 65°C 21.75 min
Outdoor
Time to reheat 70% of DHW tank to 65°C 16 min
temperature
from independent source)
50 Hz
3~, 400 V,
50 Hz
~/N, 230 V,
50 Hz
3~, 400 V,
50 Hz
~/N, 230 V,
(Phase, voltage, frequency)
Capacity 2 kW+4 kW 3 kW+6 kW 2 kW+4 kW 3 kW+6 kW 2 kW+4 kW 3 kW+6 kW 2 kW+4 kW 2 kW 2 kW+4 kW 3 kW+6 kW 2 kW+4 kW 3 kW+6 kW
Booster heater Power supply
~/N, 230 V, 50 Hz — ~/N, 230 V, 50 Hz —
Breaker 32 A 16 A 32 A 16 A 32 A 16 A 32 A 16 A 32 A 16 A 32 A 16 A
Power supply
(Phase, voltage, frequency)
Current 26 A 13 A 26 A 13 A 26 A 13 A 26 A 9 A 26 A 13 A 26 A 13 A
Immersion heater
*3
• Joint pipe (9.52 → 6.35) PAC-SH30RJ-E
•High temperature thermistor PAC-TH011HT-E
Capacity 3 kW — 3 kW —
Current 13 A — 13 A —
Breaker 16 A — 16 A —
Weight (empty) 128 kg 128 kg 127 kg 127 kg 122 kg 122 kg 128 kg 113 kg 115 kg 115 kg 114 kg 114 kg
Weight (full)
Plate heat exchanger — — — — —
Nominal domestic hot water volume 200L
Overall unit dimensions 1600 x 595 x 680 mm (Height x Width x Depth)
Model name EHST20C-
Safety device Water circuit
Unvented expansion vessel
(Primary heating)
(Primary)
Booster heater Manual reset thermostat 90°C
DHW tank Control thermistor 40 - 70°C
• Immersion heater (1 Ph 3kW) PAC-IH03V-E
• Wireless Remote Controller PAR-WT50R-E • Remote sensor PAC-SE41TS-E
• Wireless Receiver PAR-WR51R-E • Joint pipe (15.88 → 12.7) PAC-SH50RJ-E
Primary circuit circulating Pump Grundfos UPM2 25 70 - 180
Connections Water 28 mm compression primary circuit/ 22 mm compression DHW circuit/22 mm compression solar thermal (Ancillary heating) circuit
Target temperature range
Guaranteed operating range Ambient *1 0 - 35°C ( 80 %RH)
DHW tank performance *2
Electrical data Control board Power supply
Solar (ancillary) connection — — — — — — — — — — —
Optional extras
• EHPT Accessories for UK PAC-WK01UK-E •Thermistor PAC-TH011-E
7
4
A
2
1
3
4
5
8
B
E
F
J
K
9
10
11
17
12
13
14
15
16
7
18
19
2
1
4
5
8
A
B
E
F
J
K
9
10
11
17
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
OCH531
PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS
<EHST20C-*M*HB/*M*B> (Split model system)
Number Component
1 Automatic air vent
2 Pressure relief valve
3 Expansion vessel
4 Main controller
5 Control and electrical box
7 Immersion heater (Only for EHST20C-*M*HB)
8 DHW tank
9 3-way valve
10 Water circulation pump
11 Manual air vent
Booster heater
12
Drain cock (Booster heater)
13
14 Strainer valve
15 Flow switch
16 Drain cock (Primary circuit)
17 Drain cock (DHW tank)
18 Plate heat exchanger
19 Manometer
A DHW outlet
B Cold water inlet
E Inlet from space heating
F Outlet to space heating
J Refrigerant (Gas)
K Refrigerant (Liquid)
Figure 4-1
<EHST20C-*M*EB>
(Split model system without expansion vessel )
Number Component
1 Automatic air vent
2 Pressure relief valve
4 Main controller
5 Control and electrical box
8 DHW tank
9 3-way valve
10 Water circulation pump
11 Manual air vent
Booster heater
12
Drain cock (Booster heater)
13
14 Strainer valve
15 Flow switch
16 Drain cock (Primary circuit)
17 Drain cock (DHW tank)
18 Plate heat exchanger
19 Manometer
A DHW outlet
B Cold water inlet
E Inlet from space heating
F Outlet to space heating
J Refrigerant (Gas)
K Refrigerant (Liquid)
Figure 4-2
8
9
2
19
3
4
5
8
A
B
E
F
G
H
9
10
11
17
12
13
14
15
16
7
6
1
2
1
3
4
5
8
A
B
E
F
J
K
9
10
11
17
12
13
14
15
16
18
C
D
19
<EHST20C-VM6SB> (Solar split model system)
OCH531
Figure 4-3
Number Component
1 Automatic air vent
2 Pressure relief valve
3 Expansion vessel
4 Main controller
5 Control and electrical box
8 DHW tank
9 3-way valve
10 Water circulation pump
11 Manual air vent
Booster heater
12
Drain cock (Booster heater)
13
14 Strainer valve
15 Flow switch
16 Drain cock (Primary circuit)
17 Drain cock (DHW tank)
18 Plate heat exchanger
19 Manometer
A DHW outlet
B Cold water inlet
C Outlet to solar
D Inlet from solar
E Inlet from space heating
F Outlet to space heating
J Refrigerant (Gas)
K Refrigerant (Liquid)
<EHPT20X-VM2HB> (UK Packaged model system)
Figure 4-4
Number Component
1 Automatic air vent
2 Pressure relief valve
3 Expansion vessel
4 Main controller
5 Control and electrical box
6 Temperature and pressure relief valve (not visible)
7 Immersion heater
8 DHW tank
9 3-way valve
10 Water circulation pump
11 Manual air vent
Booster heater
12
Drain cock (Booster heater)
13
14 Strainer valve
15 Flow switch
16 Drain cock (Primary circuit)
17 Drain cock (DHW tank)
19 Manometer
A DHW outlet
B Cold water inlet
E Inlet from space heating
F Outlet to space heating
G Inlet from heat pump
H Outlet to heat pump
9
2
19
3
4
5
8
A
B
E
F
G
H
9
10
11
17
12
13
14
15
16
7
1
<EHPT20X-*M*HB/*M*B (except EHPT20X-VM2HB)> (Packaged model system)
OCH531
Number Component
1 Automatic air vent
2 Pressure relief valve
3 Expansion vessel
4 Main controller
5 Control and electrical box
7 Immersion heater (Only for EHPT20X-*M*HB)
8 DHW tank
9 3-way valve
10 Water circulation pump
11 Manual air vent
Booster heater
12
Drain cock (Booster heater)
13
14 Strainer valve
15 Flow switch
16 Drain cock (Primary circuit)
17 Drain cock (DHW tank)
19 Manometer
A DHW outlet
B Cold water inlet
E Inlet from space heating
F Outlet to space heating
G Inlet from heat pump
H Outlet to heat pump
Figure 4-5
10
11
5
445
1600
1095
595
G1/2
118
100±20
950
30
156
50
680
1831
L
H / K
G / J
F
E
D
C
B
A
63.3
561.7
509.7
491.1
449.7
123
67.8
0
47.1
550.2
541.1
522.8
492.2
470.8
0
a
b b
d
OCH531
OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS
5-1. Technical Drawings
<Left side> <Front> <Right side>
Main controller
Temperature and
pressure relief valve
and its access plate
(EHPT20X-VM2HB)only)
Terminal block
Front panel
<Unit: mm>
Air vent
Pressure relief valve
<Top>
5-2. Service access diagrams
Service access
a 300
b 150
c
(distance behind unit not visible
d 500
Parameter Dimension (mm)
in the right gure)
Letter Pipe description Connection size/type
A DHW outlet connection 22 mm/Compression
B Cold water inlet connection 22 mm/Compression
C/D
Solar (ancillary heat source) connections
E Space heating return connection 28 mm/Compression
F Space heating ow connection 28 mm/Compression
Flow from heat pump connection
G
(No plate heat exchanger)
Return to heat pump connection
H
(No plate heat exchanger)
Refrigerant (GAS)
J
(With plate heat exchanger)
Refrigerant (LIQUID)
K
(With plate heat exchanger)
Electrical cable inlets
L
22 mm/Compression
28 mm/Compression
28 mm/Compression
15.88 mm/Flare
9.52 mm/Flare
—
For inlets and , run low-voltage wires including
external input wires and thermistor wires. For inlets ,
, and , run high-voltage wires including power cable,
indoor-outdoor cable, and external output wires.
*For a wireless receiver (option) cable, use inlet .
10
Sufcient space MUST be left for the provision of discharge pipework as detailed
in National and Local Building Regulations.
The cylinder unit must be located indoors and in a frost-free environment, for
example in a utility room, to minimise heat loss from stored water.
Service access
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 Flow switch 1
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal Inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>.
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
EHST20C-VM6HB WIRING DIAGRAM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L
(1)N(3)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
RED
RED
BLU
BLU/No.3
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.4
RED
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
1
5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
TBO.2
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
1
3
1
3
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
TBO.1
X9
642
531
A1
A2
Open
Close
N
3
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
6
95
2
1
TBI.2
1210 148
13
7
1
1
4
31
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
3
CN21
(YLW)
TH2
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t°t°t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
11
6 WIRING DIAGRAM
OCH531
6-1. EHST20C-VM6HB
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 Flow switch 1
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal Inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L1
(1)L2(3)L3(5)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
BLU
BLU/No.4
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.5
WHT/No.3
BLU/No.6
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4 6
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
3~ 400V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
1
3
1
3
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
X9
642
531
A1
A2
WHT
BLK
RED
3
1
5
TBO.2
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
Open
Close
N
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
95
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
4
31
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
3
CN21
(YLW)
TH2
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t°t°t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
12
13
6-2. EHST20C-YM9HB
OCH531
EHST20C-VM6B WIRING DIAGRAM
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater (Option)
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 Flow switch 1
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater (Option)
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater (Option)
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater (Option)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal Inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L
(1)N(3)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
REDRED
BLU
BLU/No.3
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.4
RED
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
1
5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
TBO.2
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
1
3
1
3
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
TBO.1
X9
642
531
A1
A2
Open
Close
N
3
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 11945 953
2 2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
4
31
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
3
CN21
(YLW)
TH2
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t°t°t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
13
OCH531
6-3. EHST20C-VM6B
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater (Option)
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 Flow switch 1
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater (Option)
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater (Option)
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater (Option)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal Inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
S3
TB1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L1
(1)L2(3)L3(5)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
BLU
BLU/No.4
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.5
WHT/No.3
BLU/No.6
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4 6
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
3~ 400V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
1
3
1
3
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
X9
642
531
A1
A2
WHT
BLK
RED
3
1
5
TBO.2
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
Open
Close
N
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
3
CN21
(YLW)
TH2
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t°t°t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
14
15
6-4. EHST20C-YM9B
OCH531
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L
(1)N(3)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
RED
RED
BLU
BLU/No.3
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.4
RED
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
1
5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
TBO.2
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
1
3
1
3
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
TBO.1
X9
642
531
A1
A2
Open
Close
N
3
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater (Option)
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 Flow switch 1
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater (Option)
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater (Option)
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater (Option)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal Inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 610148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
1210 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
3
CN21
(YLW)
TH2
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t°t°t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
15
6-5. EHST20C-VM6EB
OCH531
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L1
(1)L2(3)L3(5)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
BLU
BLU/No.4
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.5
WHT/No.3
BLU/No.6
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4 6
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
3~ 400V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
1
3
1
3
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
X9
642
531
A1
A2
WHT
BLK
RED
3
1
5
TBO.2
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
Open
Close
N
EHST20C-YM9EB WIRING DIAGRAM
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater (Option)
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 Flow switch 1
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater (Option)
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater
(Option)
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
(Option)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal Inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
3
CN21
(YLW)
TH2
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t°t°t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
16
17
6-6. EHST20C-YM9EB
OCH531
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater (Option)
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 Flow switch 1
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater (Option)
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater
(Option)
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
(Option)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal Inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L
(1)N(3)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
REDRED
BLU
BLU/No.3
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.4
RED
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
1
5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
TBO.2
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
1
3
1
3
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
TBO.1
X9
642
531
A1
A2
Open
Close
N
3
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
3
CN21
(YLW)
TH2
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t°t°t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
17
6-7. EHST20C-VM6SB
OCH531
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone 1 flow temp.)(Option)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone 1 return temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone 2 flow temp.)(Option)
THW9 Thermistor (Zone 2 return temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN2 Flow switch 1
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
IH Immersion heater IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t
°
t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2
ECB1
L
(1)N(3)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
RED
BLU
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
RED
RED
VLT
VLT
GRY
GRY
ORN
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
2
4
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
1
5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
TBO.2
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
1
3
1
3
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
TBO.1
X9
642
531
A1
A2
Open
Close
N
3
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
18
19
6-8. EHPT20X-VM2HB
OCH531
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone 1 flow temp.)(Option)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone 1 return temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone 2 flow temp.)(Option)
THW9 Thermistor (Zone 2 return temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN2 Flow switch 1
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IH Immersion heater
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L
(1)N(3)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
REDRED
BLU
BLU/No.3
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.4
RED
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
1
5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
TBO.2
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
1
3
1
3
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
TBO.1
X9
642
531
A1
A2
Open
Close
N
3
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t
°
t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
19
6-9. EHPT20X-VM6HB
OCH531
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone 1 flow temp.)(Option)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone 1 return temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone 2 flow temp.)(Option)
THW9 Thermistor (Zone 2 return temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN2 Flow switch 1
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IH Immersion heater
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t
°
t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L1
(1)L2(3)L3(5)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
BLU
BLU/No.4
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.5
WHT/No.3
BLU/No.6
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4 6
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
3~ 400V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
1
3
1
3
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
X9
642
531
A1
A2
WHT
BLK
RED
3
1
5
TBO.2
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
Open
Close
N
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
20
21
6-10. EHPT20X-YM9HB
OCH531
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater (Option)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone 1 flow temp.)(Option)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone 1 return temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone 2 flow temp.)(Option)
THW9 Thermistor (Zone 2 return temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN2 Flow switch 1
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater (Option)
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IH Immersion heater (Option)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
IHC Contactor for immersion heater (Option)
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L
(1)N(3)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
RED
RED
BLU
BLU/No.3
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.4
RED
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
1
5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
TBO.2
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
1
3
1
3
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
TBO.1
X9
642
531
A1
A2
Open
Close
N
3
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t
°
t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
21
6-11. EHPT20X-VM6B
OCH531
Symbol Name Symbol Name
TB1
Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
ECB1
Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater (Option)
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
MP1
Water circulation pump1(Space heating & DHW)
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
MP2 Water circulation pump2
(Space heating for Zone1)(Field supply)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone 1 flow temp.)(Option)
THW7 Thermistor (Zone 1 return temp.)(Option)
MP3 Water circulation pump3
(Space heating for Zone2)(Field supply)
THW8 Thermistor (Zone 2 flow temp.)(Option)
THW9 Thermistor (Zone 2 return temp.)(Option)
3WV 3-way valve
THWB1
Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
MXV Mixing valve (Field supply)
THWB2
Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Field supply)
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN2 Flow switch 1
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN3 Flow switch 2 (Field supply)
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN4 Demand control (Field supply)
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Field supply)
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Field supply)
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN7 Flow switch 3 (Field supply)
IHT
Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater (Option)
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC4)
IH Immersion heater (Option)
TBO.1~2
Terminal block <Outputs>
IHC Contactor for immersion heater (Option)
TBI.1~2
Terminal block <Signal inputs,Thermistor>
F1~F2
Fuse (T6.3AL250V)
SW1~4
Dip switch *See <6-13 Dip switch setting>
X1~X12
Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC4)
LED2 Power supply (Main controller)
LED3 Communication (FTC4-Outdoor unit)
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
CNPWM
Pump speed control signal for MP1
CN108
SD card connector
Table 1 Signal Inputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN1 TBI.1 1-2
— Room thermostat 1 input
Refer to SW2-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN2 TBI.1 3-4 CN2F
Flow switch 1 input
Refer to SW2-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN3 TBI.1 5-6
— Flow switch 2 input (Zone1)
Refer to SW3-2 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN4 TBI.1 7-8
— Demand control input
Normal
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation *2
IN5 TBI.1 9-10
— Outdoor thermostat input *1
Standard operation
Heater operation/Boiler operation *2
IN6 TBI.1 11-12
— Room thermostat 2 input
Refer to SW3-1 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
IN7 TBI.1 13-14
— Flow switch 3 input (Zone2)
Refer to SW3-3 in <6-13 Dip switch setting>
*1. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and
related parts may be reduced.
*2. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main controller to select “Boiler” in “External/input setting“
screen in the service menu.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2 2
2 2 2
ECB1
L1
(1)L2(3)L3(5)
L
(1)N(3)
ECB2
BHCP
ORN
RED
BLU
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
BLU
BLU/No.4
WHT/No.2
WHT/No.1
BLU/No.5
WHT/No.3
BLU/No.6
RED
VLT
VLT
PNK
PNK
GRY
GRY
ORN
BHC2
IHC
BHC1
BHT
IHT
IH
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
642
531
A1
A2
BH1
A B
BHF
BH2
2
4 6
2
4
Power supply
to Immersion heater
~/N 230V 50Hz
Power supply
to Booster heater
3~ 400V 50Hz
2
2
2
2
1
3
5
7
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5A
X12
X11
X6
X8
X7
5
3
1
F1
F2
CN01
(BLK)
Signal
output
(Error)
Signal
output
(Defrost)
Signal
output
(Booster
heater2+)
1
3
1
3
CNIH
(ORN)
2
1
3
CNBHT(BLK)
X5B
X10
CNBC
(GRY)
CNBH
(WHT)
X9
642
531
A1
A2
WHT
BLK
RED
3
1
5
TBO.2
3WV
M
1
~
MXV
M
1
~
M
1
~
MP2
M
1
~
MP3
MP1
M
1
~
1
3
CNP1
(WHT)
Signal
output
(Boiler)
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CNPWM
(WHT)
Open
Close
N
NL
S3S2S1
NL
S3S2S1
Figure 1
To outdoor
unit
TB1
ORN
ORN
YLW
BLK
BLK
YLW
GRN/YLW
To outdoor
unit
Power supply
~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
ORN
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
YLW
GRN/YLW
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
1
3
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
BRN
CN3C
(BLU)
CN01
(BLK)
ORN
ORN
BRN
YLW
Cylinder unit powered
by independent source.
Cylinder unit powered
via outdoor unit
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TBO.1
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBO.2
FTC4
3
9
5
1
7
2
8
4
6
11
10
12
13
14
TBI.1
126 10148
137 119453
2
1
TBI.2
12610 148
13
7
1
1
9
4
5
321
1 3
CNP1(WHT)
1
5
CNV1
(WHT)
1
3
CN3C
(BLU)
5
3
1
CN01
(BLK)
1 8
SW3
1 8
SW1
LED1
LED3
118
6
SW2
SW4
TBI.1
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
TBI.2
1310121411
7
4 6
5 9
3
2
81
1
2
CN20
(RED)
TH1
1
4
THW1
1
2
1
3
IN2
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN1
t°t
°
THWB2
THWB1
THW8
t
°
THW6
t
°
THW7
t
°
THW9
t
°
Main
controller
1
2
THW2
THW5
CNW5
(WHT)
CNW12
(RED)
t
°
t°t°t
°
1
3
1
7
CN2F
(YLW)
CN20
(RED)
CN21
(YLW)
CNW12
(RED)
CNW5
(WHT)
1
2
1
2
CN108
1
3
13
13
CNBH
(WHT)
CNBHT
(BLK)
13
CNIH
(ORN)
CNBC
(GRY)
1
7
LED4
LED2
1
2
CN22
(BLU)
CNPWM
(WHT)
1
3
5
1
Wireless receiver
(Option)
CNRF
(WHT)
5
1
CN105
(RED)
CN2F
(YLW)
CN22
(BLU)
Table 2 Outputs
Name
Terminal block Connector
Item OFF ON
OUT1
TBO.1 3-4
CNP1
Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2
TBO.1 5-6
—
Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
OUT3
TBO.1 7-8
—
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) OFF ON
OUT4
TBO.1 9-11
CNV1
3-way valve output Heating DHW
OUT5
TBO.1 12-13
—
Mixing valve output
Stop Close
TBO.1 13-14 Stop Open
OUT6
—
CNBH 1-3
Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
OUT7
—
CNBH 5-7
Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
OUT8
TBO.2 11-12
—
Booster heater 2+ output OFF ON
OUT9
TBO.2 9-10
CNIH
Immersion heater output OFF ON
OUT10
TBO.1 1-2
—
Boiler output OFF ON
OUT11
TBO.2 1-2
—
Error output Normal Error
OUT12
TBO.2 3-4
—
Defrost output Normal Defrost
1. Symbols used in wiring diagram are,
: connector, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
have polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers
(S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings,
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring
diagram for servicing.
4. This diagram shows the wiring of indoor unit and
outdoor unit connecting wires (specification of 230V),
adopting superimposed system of power and signal.
When work to supply power separately to indoor
unit and outdoor unit was applied, refer to Figure 1.
22
23
6-12. EHPT20X-YM9B
OCH531
23
6-13. Dip switch setting
OCH531
Located on the FTC4 printed circuit board are 4 sets of small white switches
known as Dip switches. The Dip switch number is printed on the circuit board
next to the relevant switches. The word ON is printed on the circuit board and on
the Dip switch block itself. To move the switch you will need to use a pin or the
corner of a thin metal ruler or similar.
Dip switch settings are listed below in the table below.
Before changing any switch settings, ensure power supplies to indoor and outdoor units are isolated/powered off.
SW4
SW2
SW1
SW3
Dip switch Function OFF ON
SW1
SW1-1 Boiler WITHOUT Boiler WITH Boiler OFF
SW1-2
Heat pump maximum outlet water temperature
SW1-3
DHW tank WITHOUT DHW tank WITH DHW tank ON
SW1-4 Immersion heater WITHOUT Immersion heater WITH Immersion heater
SW1-5 Booster heater WITHOUT Booster heater WITH Booster heater ON
SW1-6 Booster heater function For heating only For heating and DHW ON
SW1-7 Outdoor unit type Split type Packaged type
SW1-8 Wireless remote controller WITHOUT Wireless remote controller WITH Wireless remote controller OFF
SW2
SW2-1
Room thermostat1 input (IN1) logic change
Flow switch1 input (IN2) logic change Failure detection at short Failure detection at open ON
SW2-2
SW2-3
Booster heater capacity restriction Inactive Active
SW2-4
Automatic switch to backup heat source
SW2-5
operation (When outdoor unit stops by error)
SW2-6
Mixing tank WITHOUT Mixing tank WITH Mixing tank OFF
SW2-7
2-zone temperature control Inactive Active OFF
SW2-8
SW3
SW3-1
Room thermostat 2 input (IN6) logic change Zone2 operation stop at thermostat short Zone2 operation stop at thermostat open
Flow switch 2 input (IN3) logic change Failure detection at short Failure detection at open OFF
SW3-2
Flow switch 3 input (IN7) logic change Failure detection at short Failure detection at open OFF
SW3-3
SW3-4
SW3-5
Heating mode function *3 Inactive Active OFF
SW3-6
SW3-7
SW3-8
SW4
SW4-1 — — — OFF
SW4-2
SW4-3
SW4-4 — — — OFF
SW4-5 Emergency mode (Heater only operation) Normal
SW4-6 Emergency mode (Boiler operation) Normal
Note:
1. When the cylinder unit is connected with a PUHZ-RP outdoor unit of which maximum outlet water temperature is 55ºC, Dip SW1-2 must be
changed to OFF.
2. External output (OUT11) will be available. For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain errors. (In that case, system operation must be stopped and only the water circulation pump keeps running.)
3 This switch functions only when the cylinder unit is connected with a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit. When another type of outdoor unit is con-
nected, the heating mode function is active regardless of the fact that this switch is ON or OFF.
4. If emergency mode is no longer required, return the switch to OFF position.
— — — OFF
— — — OFF
— — — OFF
— — — OFF
— — — OFF
— — — OFF
— — — OFF
— — — OFF
55ºC 60ºC ON *1
Zone1 operation stop at thermostat short Zone1 operation stop at thermostat open
Inactive Active *2 OFF
Emergency mode (Heater only operation)
(To be activated only when powered ON)
Emergency mode (Boiler operation)
(To be activated only when powered ON)
Default settings:
Indoor unit model
OFF:
Except
EHST20C-*M*HB
EHPT20-*M*HB
ON : EHST20C-*M*HB
EHPT20X-*M*HB
OFF: EHST20C-*M**B
ON : EHPT20X-*M**B
OFF
OFF: Except
EHPT20X-VM2HB
ON : EHPT20X-VM2HB
OFF
OFF *4
OFF *4
Automatic switch to backup heat source operation
Back-up heat source operation (*1) will automatically run when the outdoor unit stops abnormally.
To enable the function, switch Dip SW 2-5 to ON.
During the back-up operation, an error code(s) and the contact number will be displayed alternately.
External output (OUT11) will be available.
To clear the fault(s), reset the power breakers on the indoor and outdoor units.
<Applicable error codes (*2)>
E6 to E9, ED, P6, P8, U1 to U8, UD, UE, UF, UL, UP
(*1) Prolonged running of the back-up operation may affect the life of the heat source.
(*2) For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain faults. (System operation must be stopped and only pump keeps running.)
7
L
N
S1
S2
S3
S1
S2
S3
TB1
L
N
ECB1
L
N
ECB2
L
N
OCH531
FIELD WIRING
Breaker abbreviation Meaning
ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
ECB2
Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
TB1 Terminal block 1
Option 1: Cylinder unit powered via outdoor unit
<1 phase>
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Earth
leakage
circuit
breaker
*1
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Outdoor unit
Wiring
breaker or
Isolating
switch
breaker or
Isolating
circuit
Wiring
circuit
switch
Cylinder unit
To control
board
For
booster
heater
(Primary circuit)
For
Immersion
heater
(DHW tank)
*1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does not have an over-current protection function, install a breaker with that function along the same
power line.
*2 Afx label A which is included with the manuals near each wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor units
<Figure 7-1>
Electrical connections 1 phase
Description Power supply Capacity (Indoor unit Ref.) Breaker Wiring
Booster heater (Primary circuit) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 2 kW (EHPT20X-VM2H*) 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
6 kW (EH*T20*-VM6**) 32 A *1
Immersion heater (DHW tank) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 3 kW (EH*T20*-VM*H*) 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
6.0 mm²
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *2 3 × 1.5 (polar)
Wiring
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth *2 1 × Min. 1.5
Wiring No.
× size (mm²)
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3 230V AC
rating
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC
Circuit
*1. A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
The breaker shall be provided to ensure disconnection of all active phase conductors of the supply.
*2. Max. 45 m
If 2.5 mm² used, Max. 50 m
If 2.5 mm² used and S3 separated, Max. 80 m
*3. The values given in the table above are not always measured against the ground value.
Note: 1. Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Indoor unit/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
Indoor unit power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
3. Install an earth longer than other cables.
4. Please keep enough output capacity of power supply for each heater. Insufcient power supply capacity might cause chattering.
24 25
L1
L2
S1
S2
S3
TB1
L2
L3
ECB1
L
N
ECB2
N
L3
L1
S1
S2
S3
L
N
<3 phase>
OCH531
Cylinder unit
Outdoor unit
To control
Power
supply
3N~
400V
50Hz
Earth
leakage
circuit
breaker
*1
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
Power
supply
3~
400V
50Hz
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
board
For
booster
heater
(Primary circuit)
For
Immersion
heater
(DHW tank)
*1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does not have an over-current protection function, install a
breaker with that function along the same power line.
*2 Afx label A which is included with the manuals near each wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor
Electrical connections 3 phase
<Figure 7-2>
Description Power supply Capacity (Indoor unit Ref.) Breaker Wiring
Booster heater (Primary circuit) 3~ 400V 50Hz 9 kW 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
Immersion heater (DHW tank) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 3kW (EH*T20*-YM9H*) 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *2 3 × 1.5 (polar)
Wiring
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth *2 1 × Min. 1.5
Wiring No.
× size (mm²)
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3 230V AC
rating
Circuit
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC
*1. A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
The breaker shall be provided to ensure disconnection of all active phase conductors of the supply.
*2. Max. 45 m
If 2.5 mm² used, Max. 50 m
If 2.5 mm² used and S3 separated, Max. 80 m
The values given in the table above are not always measured against the ground value.
*3.
Note: 1. Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Indoor unit/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
Indoor unit power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
3. Install an earth longer than other cables.
4. Please keep enough output capacity of power supply for each heater. Insufcient power supply capacity might cause chattering.
26
27
S1
S2
S3
L
N
L
N
CN01
CN01
CN01
CN01
S1
S2
S3
Option 2: Cylinder unit powered by independent source.
L
N
S1
S2
S3
S1
S2
S3
TB1
L
N
ECB1
L
N
ECB2
L
N
OCH531
If the cylinder unit and outdoor unit have separate power supplies, the following
requirements MUST be carried out:
• Change the connector connections in the control and electrical box of
the cylinder unit (see Figure 7-3)
• Turn the outdoor unit DIP switch SW8-3 to ON
• Turn on the outdoor unit BEFORE the cylinder unit.
Initial settings
(Power supplied by
outdoor unit)
BLACK
BLACK
YELLOW
YELLOW
YELLOW
Black
Cylinder unit
control board
BLACK
<1 phase>
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Earth
leakage
circuit
breaker
*1
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
Earth
leakage
circuit
breaker
*1
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
breaker
Isolating
Outdoor unit
Isolating
Wiring
circuit
or
switch
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
switch
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
Modied settings
(Separate power
supply to the cylinder
unit)
Cylinder unit
To control
board
For
booster
heater
(Primary circuit)
For
Immersion
heater
(DHW tank)
BLACK
<Figure 7-3>
YELLOW
Black
Cylinder unit
control board
*1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does not have an over-current protection function, install a breaker with that function along the same power line.
*2 Afx label B which is included with the manuals near each wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor units.
<Figure 7-4>
Electrical connections 1 phase
Description Power supply Capacity (Indoor unit Ref.) Breaker Wiring
Booster heater (Primary circuit) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 2 kW (EHPT20X-VM2H*) 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
6 kW (EH*T20X-VM6**) 32 A *1
Immersion heater (DHW tank) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 3 kW (EH*T20*-VM*H*) 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
Cylinder unit power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz
Cylinder unit input capacity
Main switch (Breaker)
Cylinder unit power supply 2 × Min. 1.5
Cylinder unit power supply earth 1 × Min. 1.5
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *2 2 × Min. 0.3
Wiring
Wiring No.
× size (mm²)
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth —
Cylinder unit L - N *3 230V AC
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3
rating
Circuit
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC
*1. A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
The breaker shall be provided to ensure disconnection of all active phase conductors of the supply.
*1
*2. Max. 120 m
The values given in the table above are not always measured against the ground value.
*3.
Note: 1. Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Indoor unit/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
Indoor unit power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
3. Install an earth longer than other cables.
4. Please keep enough output capacity of power supply for each heater. Insufcient power supply capacity might cause chattering.
16 A
—
6.0 mm²
27
L1
L2
S1
S2
S3
S1
S2
S3
TB1
L2
L3
ECB1
L
N
ECB2
N
L3
L1
L
N
<3 phase>
OCH531
Cylinder unit
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
Outdoor unit
Wiring
circuit
breaker
Isolating
switch
Wiring
circuit
breaker
Isolating
switch
or
or
To control
board
For
booster
heater
(Primary circuit)
For
Immersion
heater
(DHW tank)
Power
supply
3N~
400V
50Hz
Earth
leakage
circuit
breaker
*1
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
Wiring
circuit
breaker
or
Isolating
switch
Earth
leakage
circuit
breaker
*1
Power
supply
3~
400V
50Hz
Power
supply
~/N
230V
50Hz
*1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does not have an over-current protection function, install a breaker with that function
along the same power line.
*2 Afx label B which is included with the manuals near each wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor units.
Electrical connections 3 phase
<Figure 7-5>
Description Power supply Capacity (Indoor unit Ref.) Breaker Wiring
Booster heater (Primary circuit) 3~ 400V 50Hz 9 kW 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
Immersion heater (DHW tank) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 3kW (EH*T20*-YM9H*) 16 A *1 2.5 mm²
Cylinder unit power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz
Cylinder unit input capacity
Main switch (Breaker)
Cylinder unit power supply 2 × Min. 1.5
Cylinder unit power supply earth 1 × Min. 1.5
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *2 2 × Min. 0.3
Wiring
Wiring No.
× size (mm²)
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth —
Cylinder unit L - N *3 230V AC
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3
rating
Circuit
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC
*1. A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
The breaker shall be provided to ensure disconnection of all active phase conductors of the supply.
*2. Max. 120 m
The values given in the table above are not always measured against the ground value.
*3.
Note: 1. Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Indoor unit/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
3. Install an earth longer than other cables.
4. Please keep enough output capacity of power supply for each heater. Insufcient power supply capacity might cause chattering.
Indoor unit power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed exible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
*1
16 A
—
8
Pa
1
12
3
21
11
24
9
20
19
22
4
23
7
6
5
2
18
B
A
25
M
8
10
13
14
26
29
30
30
31
32
33
27
28
33
29
26
37
Pa
1
12
3
21
11
24
9
20
19
22
4
23
15
7
6
5
2
18
B
A
25
M
8
10
13
14
16
27
28
26
29
30
30
31
29
26
37
OCH531
WATER SYSTEM DIAGRAM
<EHST20C-*M*HB/ *M*B> (Split model system)
Drain
Flare connections
<EHST20C-VM6SB> (Solar split model system)
Drain
A. Refrigerant pipe
B. Water pipe
1. Plate heat exchanger
Flexible hose
2.
3. Booster heater 1,2
4. Drain cock (booster heater)
Cold water
DHW
5. Pump valve
6. Water circulation pump 1
7. 3-way valve
Drain
8. Manual air vent
9. Manometer
10. Pressure relief valve (3 bar)
11. Automatic air vent
Expansion vessel (except EHST20C-*M*EB)
12.
DHW tank
13.
14. Drain cock (DHW tank)
Local system
*1
15. Flexible hose
16. Immersion heater (only for EH*T20*-*M*HB)
18. Strainer valve
19. Flow switch
Drain cock (primary circuit)
20.
THW1
21.
22. THW2
THW5
23.
24. TH2
Outdoor unit
25.
Drain pipe (eld supply)
26.
Cold water inlet pipe
27.
DHW outlet connection
28.
Back ow prevention device (eld supply)
29.
Isolating valve (eld supply)
30.
Magnetic lter (eld supply) (recommended)
31.
32. Solar panel (eld supply)
Solar hydraulic kit (kit to be compatible for use
33.
with FTC 4 (eld supply)
Cylinder unit
Water
supply
Drain
37. Pressure relief valve (10 bar) (accessory)
*1 Refer to page 31.
Note
• To enable draining of the cylinder unit an
Cold
water
DHW
isolating valve should be positioned on both
the inlet and outlet pipework. No valve
should be tted between the pressure relief
valve (item 37) and the cylinder unit (safety
Drain
matter).
• Be sure to install a strainer, on the inlet
pipework to the cylinder unit.
• Suitable drain pipework should be attached
to all relief valves in accordance with your
country’s regulations.
Local system
*1
• A backow prevention device must be
installed on the cold water supply pipework
(IEC 61770)
• When using components made from
different metals or connecting pipes made
Water
supply
Drain
of different metals insulate the joints to
prevent any corrosive reaction taking place
which may damage the pipework.
Flare connections
Cylinder unit
28 29
Pa
1
12
3
21
11
9
20
19
22
4
23
15
7
6
5
18
B
25
M
8
10
13
14
16
26
36
30
30
31
30
34
34
30
27
26
26
17
35
38
28
UK Packaged model system
OCH531
<Example>
<EHPT20X-VM2HB> (UK Packaged model system)
Cold water
Drain
Drain
Drain
Cylinder unit
Model name EHPT20X-VM2HB
Maximum supply pressure to the pressure reducing valve 16 bar
Operating pressure (Potable side) 3.5 bar
Expansion vessel charge setting pressure (Potable side) 3.5 bar
Expansion valve setting pressure (Potable side) 6.0 bar
Immersion heater specication (Potable side)
* EN60335/Type 3000W single phase 230V 50Hz, length 460 mm
** Use only Mitsubishi Electric service parts as a direct replacement.
DHW tank capacity 200 L
Mass of the unit when full 326 kg
Maximum primary working pressure 2.5 bar
DHW
Mains water supply
3000 W, 230 V
Flexible hose
(Temporary connection)
Drain
Local system
*1
B. Water pipe
1. Plate heat exchanger
3. Booster heater 1,2
4. Drain cock for booster heater)
5. Pump valve
6. Water circulation pump 1
7. 3-way valve
8. Manual air vent
9. Manometer
10. Pressure relief valve
11. Automatic air vent
Expansion vessel
12.
DHW tank
13.
14. Drain cock for DHW tank
15. Flexible hose
16. Immersion heater (only for EH*T20*-*M*HB)
17. T&P relief valve
18. Strainer valve
19. Flow switch
Drain cock for primary circuit
20.
THW1
21.
22. THW2
THW5
23.
Outdoor unit
25.
Drain pipe (eld supply)
26.
Cold water inlet pipe
27.
DHW outlet connection
28.
Isolating valve (eld supply)
30.
Magnetic lter (eld supply) (recommended)
31.
34. Strainer (eld supply)
Inlet control group supplied with UK model ONLY*
35.
36.
Filling loop (Ball valves, check valves, and exible
hose) supplied with UK model ONLY*
38.
Potable expansion vessel supplied with UK model
ONLY*
*Please refer to PAC-WK01UK-E Installation Manual
for more information.
*1 Refer to page 31.
Note
• To enable draining of the cylinder unit an isolat
ing valve should be positioned on both the inlet
and outlet pipework. No valve should be tted
between the expansion valve (item 35) and the
cylinder unit (safety matter).
• Be sure to install a strainer, on the inlet pipe
work to the cylinder unit.
• Suitable drain pipework should be attached to
all relief valves in accordance with your country’s regulations.
• When using components made from different
metals or connecting pipes made of different
metals insulate the joints to prevent any corrosive reaction taking place which may damage
any pipework.
• Filling loop’s exible hose must be removed fol
lowing the lling procedure. Item provided with
unit as loose accessory.
• Install the inlet control group (item 35) above
the level of the T&P relief valve (item 17).
This will ensure DHW tank will not require
drain-down to service/maintain the inlet control
group.
-
-
-
30
31
Pa
1
12
3
21
11
9
20
19
22
4
23
15
7
6
5
18
B
25
M
8
10
13
14
16
26
30
30
34
34
30
27
28
29
30
31
29
26
37
<EHPT20X-*M*HB/*M*B (except EHPT20X-VM2HB)>
OCH531
(Packaged model system)
Cold water
Drain
Cylinder unit
Drain
DHW
Water
supply
Local system
Drain
B. Water pipe
1. Plate heat exchanger
3. Booster heater 1,2
4. Drain cock for booster heater)
5. Pump valve
6. Water circulation pump 1
7. 3-way valve
8. Manual air vent
9. Manometer
10. Pressure relief valve (3 bar)
11. Automatic air vent
Expansion vessel
12.
DHW tank
13.
14. Drain cock for DHW tank
*1
15. Flexible hose
16. Immersion heater (only for EH*T20*-*M*HB)
18. Strainer valve
19. Flow switch
Drain cock for primary circuit
20.
THW1
21.
22. THW2
THW5
23.
Outdoor unit
25.
Drain pipe (eld supply)
26.
Cold water inlet pipe
27.
DHW outlet connection
28.
Back ow prevention device (eld supply)
29.
Isolating valve (eld supply)
30.
Magnetic lter (eld supply) (recommended)
31.
34. Strainer (eld supply)
Pressure relief valve (10 bar) (accessory)
37.
*1 Refer to page 31.
Note
• To enable draining of the cylinder unit an
isolating valve should be positioned on both
the inlet and outlet pipework. No valve should
be tted between the pressure relief valve
(item 37) and the cylinder unit (safety matter).
• Be sure to install a strainer, on the inlet
pipework to the cylinder unit.
• Suitable drain pipework should be attached
to all relief valves in accordance with your
country’s regulations.
• A backow prevention device must be
installed on the cold water supply pipework
(IEC 61770)
• When using components made from different
metals or connecting pipes made of different
metals insulate the joints to prevent any
corrosive reaction taking place which may
damage the pipework.)
31
1
3
7
5
2
4
6
8
9
10
11
1
12
1
5
4
3
6
2
13
14
15
2
13
14
1575
4
3
6
1
8
9
10
11
12
Local system
1
2
3
564
OCH531
1-zone temperature control
Zone1
Zone1
2-zone temperature control
1-zone temperature control with boiler
Zone1
Zone1
Zone2
2-zone temperature control with boiler
Zone1
Zone2
1. Zone1 heat emitters (e.g. radiator, fan coil unit) (eld supply)
Mixing tank (eld supply)
2.
Zone1 ow water temp. thermistor (THW6) (option)
3.
4. Zone1 return water temp. thermistor (THW7) (option)
5. Zone1 water circulation pump (eld supply)
6. Zone1 ow switch (eld supply)
7. Motorized mixing valve (eld supply)
8. Zone2 ow water temp. thermistor (THW8) (option)
9. Zone2 return water temp. thermistor (THW9) (option)
10. Zone2 water circulation pump (eld supply)
11. Zone2 ow switch (eld supply)
12. Zone2 heat emitters (e.g. underoor heating) (eld supply)
Boiler ow water temp. thermistor (THWB1) (option)
13.
14. Boiler return water temp. thermistor (THWB2) (option)
15. Boiler
Filling the cylinder unit (Primary circuit)
OCH531
Filling
1. Check all connections including factory tted ones are tight.
2. Insulate pipework between cylinder unit and outdoor unit.
3. Thoroughly clean and ush, system of all debris. (see section 4.2 for instruction.)
4. Fill cylinder unit with potable water. Fill primary heating circuit with water and suitable anti-freeze and inhibitor as necessary.
check valve when lling the primary circuit to avoid back ow contamination of water supply.
Anti-freeze should always be used for packaged model systems (see section 4.2 for instruction). It is the responsibility of the installer to decide if anti-freeze
•
solution should be used in split model systems depending on each site’s conditions. Corrosion inhibitor should be used in both split model and packaged
model systems.
When connecting metal pipes of different materials insulate the joints to prevent a corrosive reaction taking place which will damage the pipework.
•
5. Check for leakages. If leakage is found, retighten the screws onto the connections.
6. Pressurise system to 1 bar.
7. Release all trapped air using air vents during and following heating period.
8. Top up with water as necessary. (If pressure is below 1 bar)
Always use a lling loop with double
Filling the cylinder unit (Potable/DHW circuit)
Initial ll procedure:
1. Ensure all pipe joints and ttings are tight and secure.
2. Open the most distant DHW tap/outlet.
3. Slowly/gradually open the mains water supply to begin lling unit and DHW pipework.
4. Allow most distant tap to run free and release/purge residual air from installation.
5. Close tap/outlet to retain fully charged system.
Initial ush procedure:
1. Energise system to heat-up cylinder contents to a temperature of approx. 30 – 40°C.
2. Flush/drain the water contents to remove any residue/impurities resulting from the installation works. Use the cylinder drain cock to safely discharge the warmed
water to drain via a suitable hose.
3. On completion, close drain cock, re-ll system and resume system commissioning.
Draining the cylinder unit
WARNING: DRAINED WATER MAY BE VERY HOT
1. Before attempting to drain the cylinder isolate from the electrical supply to prevent the immersion and booster heaters burning out.
2. Isolate cold water feed to tank.
3. Attach a hose to the tank drain cock (No. 17 on Figure 4-1 to 4-5). The hose should be able to withstand heat as the emptied water could be very hot. The hose
should drain to a place lower than the tank bottom to encourage siphoning.
Open a hot water tap to start draining without a vacuum.
4. When the tank is drained close drain cock and hot tap.
5. Attach hose to booster heater drain cock and water circuit drain cock (No.13 and No. 16 on Figure 4-1 to 4-5). The hose should be able to withstand heat as the
emptied water could be very hot. The hose should drain to a place lower than the booster heater drain cock to encourage siphoning. Open the pump valves and
the strainer valves.
6. Water remains in the strainer still after the cylinder unit was drained.
Drain the strainer by removing the strainer cover.
32 33
9
F1 F2
F3 F4
OCH531
CONTROLS
9-1. Main Controller
<Main controller parts>
Letter Name Function
A Screen Screen in which all information is displayed
B Menu Access to system settings for initial set up and
A
E
C Back Return to previous menu.
D Conrm Used to select or save. (Enter key)
E Power/Holiday If system is switched off pressing once will turn
F1-4 Function keys Used to scroll through menu and adjust settings.
*1
When the system is switched off or the power supply is disconnected, the
cylinder unit protection functions (e.g. freeze stat. function) will NOT operate. Please beware that without these safety functions enabled the cylinder
unit may potentially become exposed to damage.
modications.
system on. Pressing again when system is
switched on will enable Holiday Mode. Holding the
button down for 3 secs will turn the system off. (*1)
Function is determined by the menu screen visible
on screen A.
B C D
12 11
15 14
10
9
8
7
1 32
6 5
<Main screen icons>
Icon Description
1 Legionella
prevention
2 Heat pump
3 Electric heater When this icon is displayed the ‘Electric heaters’
4 Target
temperature
5 OPTION Pressing the function button below this icon will dis-
13
6 + Increase desired temperature.
7 - Decrease desired temperature.
Z1 Z2 Pressing the function button below this icon switch-
8
4
Information Pressing the function button below this icon displays
9 Space heating
mode
10 DHW mode Normal or ECO mode
11 Holiday mode
12 Timer
13
Current
temperature
14 The Menu button is locked or the switching of the
15
When this icon is displayed ‘Legionella prevention
mode’ is active.
‘Heat pump’ is running.
Defrosting.
Emergency heating.
(booster or immersion heater) are in use.
Target ow temperature
Target room temperature
Compensation curve
play the quick view menu.
es between Zone1 and Zone2.
the information screen.
Heating mode
Zone1 or Zone2
When this icon is displayed ‘Holiday mode’ activated.
Prohibited
Stand-by
Stop
Operating
Current room temperature
Current water temperature of DHW tank
operation modes between DHW and Heating opera-
tions are disabled in the Option screen.
SD memory card is inserted. Normal operation.
SD memory card is inserted. Abnormal operation.
34
35
<Main Controller Menu Tree>
OCH531
Initial
Main screen
F1
Information
Option
F4
F1
Forced DHW ON/OFF
F2
DHW ON/Prohibited/Timer
F3
Heating ON/Prohibited/Timer
F4
Holiday Active/Non active
Set time
Unrestricted access
Installer only
Main menu
Continued to next page.
DHW Normal/Eco
Edit
DHW max. temp.
DHW max. temp. drop
DHW max. operation time
DHW mode restriction
Legionella Active/Non active
Edit
Hot water temp.
Frequency
Start time
Max. operation time
Duration of max. temp.
Heating mode Zone1 Room temp./Flow temp. /
F1 (Zone1)
Compensation curve
F3 (PREVIEW)
F4 (EDIT)
F2 (Zone2)
Zone2
Compensation curve preview
Compensation curve edit Zone1
Zone2
Room temp./Flow temp. /
Compensation curve
F2, F3
Curve parameters
F4
Adjustment
F2, F3
Curve parameters
F4
Adjustment
Schedule timer menu
Holiday mode
F3 (EDIT)
Heating Zone1 Schedule timer preview
Zone2 Schedule timer preview
DHW Schedule timer preview
DHW 2 *1 Period Schedule timer preview
F1
DHW active /non active
F2
Heating active/non active
Holiday menu Zone1
Day select Time select
Day select Time select
Day select
Day select
Time setting
Time setting
Heating room temp.
Heating ow temp.
Zone2
Heating room temp.
Heating ow temp.
Initial settings
Date/Time yyyy/mm/dd/hh:mm
Language ENG/FR/GER/SW/SP/IT/DA/NL/FIN/NOR/PT
°C/°F °C/°F
Temp. display OFF/Room/Tank/Room&Tank
Contact number
Time display hh:mm/hh:mm AM/AM hh:mm
Room sensor settings
Room RC zone select Room RC1-8
Sensor setting Zone1 Sensor setting TH1/Main controller/
Room RC1-8/ “Time/Zone”
Zone2
Select
Time/Zone
Sensor setting TH1/Main controller/
Time setting
Sensor setting
Room RC1-8/ “Time/Zone”
Select
Time/Zone
Time setting
Sensor setting
Time setting
Temp. setting
Time setting
Temp. setting
Time setting
Time setting
*1 When a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit is connected.
35
<Main Controller Menu Tree>
OCH531
Initial
Main screen
Main menu Service
(Password protected)
Manual operation
Function settings
Thermistor adjustment
Auxiliary settings
Heat source setting Standard (Heat pump & electric heater)/Heater (Electric heater only)/
Economy settings for pump
Electric heater (Heating)
Electric heater (DHW)
Mixing valve control Running
Pump speed
Boiler/Hybrid (Heat pump & heater/Boiler)
ON/OFF
Delay
ON/OFF
Delay
ON/OFF
Delay
Interval
Unrestricted access
Installer only
Operation settings Freeze stat function Flow t.
Simultaneous operation ON/OFF
Cold weather function ON/OFF
Room temp. control (Heating)
Boiler settings Hybrid settings Outdoor ambient temp.
*2
Floor dry up function ON/OFF
(For more details,
refer to
Page 41.)
External input settings Demand control OFF (Heat source)/Boiler
Outdoor ambient temp.
Outdoor ambient temp.
Outdoor ambient temp.
Temp. control interval
Flow temp. range Min. temp.
H/P thermo diff. adjust ON/OFF
Intelligent settings Energy price Electricity
Target temp. Start & Finish
Flow temp. (Increase) Temp. increase step
Flow temp. (Decrease) Temp. decrease step
Max. temp.
Lower limit
Upper limit
Priority Ambient/Cost /
Schedule
CO2 emission
Heat source
Max. temp.
Max. temp. period
Increase interval
Decrease interval
CO2
Boiler
Electricity
Boiler
Heat pump capacity
Boiler efciency
Booster heater 1
capacity
Booster heater 2
capacity
*2 For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E.
Continued from the previous page.
Running information Outdoor thermostat Heater/Boiler
Thermistor reading
Summary of settings
Error history
Password protection
Manual reset
SD card SD Main RC
Main controller
FTC Yes/No
Main RC SD
Yes/No
36
37
9-2. Service Menu
OCH531
The service menu provides functions for use by installer or service engineer. It is
NOT intended the home owner alters settings within this menu. It is for this
reason password protection is required to prevent unauthorised access to the
service settings.
From the main setting menu use F2 and F3 to highlight the service icon then
1.
press CONFIRM.
2.
You will be prompted to enter a password.
PASSWORD IS “0000”.
Press CONFIRM.
3.
(It takes approx. 30 secs to load the service menu.)
The service menu is navigated using the F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through the
functions. The menu is split across two screens and is comprised of the following
functions;
Manual operation
1.
Function settings
2.
Thermistor adjustment
3.
Auxiliary settings
4.
Heat source setting
5.
Operation settings
6.
External input settings
7.
Running information
8.
Thermistor reading
9.
Summary of settings
10.
Error history
11.
Password protection
12.
Manual reset
13.
SD card
14.
THE FACTORY DEFAULT
Screen 1 of service menu
Screen 2 of service menu
Note: Many functions can not be set whilst the indoor unit is running. The
installer should turn OFF the unit before trying to set these functions.
If the installer attempts to change the settings whilst the unit is
running the main controller will display a reminder message
prompting the installer to stop operation before continuing. By
selecting “Yes” the unit will cease operation.
Manual operation
During the lling of the system the water circulation pump, 3-way valve, and
mixing valve can be manually overridden using manual operation mode.
When manual operation is selected a small timer icon appears in the screen. The
function selected will only remain in manual operation for a maximum of 2 hours.
This is to prevent accidental permanent override of the FTC4.
From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until
1.
Manual Operation is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
Manual operation menu screen is displayed.
3.
4.
To activate manual operation press the function button under the desired part.
►Example
Pressing F3 button will switch manual operation mode ON for the main 3-way
valve. When lling of the DHW tank is complete the installer should access this
menu again and press F3 to deactivate manual operation of the part. Alternatively
after 2 hours manual operation mode will no longer be active and FTC4 will
resume control of the part.
System off prompt screen
Being selected
Being running
Error indication
Manual operation menu screen
NOTE: Manual operation and heat source setting can not be selected if the
system is running. A screen will be displayed asking the installer to
stop the system before these modes can be activated.
The system automatically stops 2 hours after last operation.
System off prompt screen
37
Function settings
OCH531
Function Setting allows the setting of auto recovery after power failure only.
1. From the service menu use F1 and F2 to highlight Function Setting.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. Ensure the Ref address and unit number are displayed to the right.
4. Press CONFIRM.
5. Use F3 and F4 to highlight either 1/2/3 (see below).
Note: Changes can ONLY be made to Mode 1.
6. Press CONFIRM.
Mode 1 Setting number meanings
1 - Power failure automatic recovery NOT available
2 - Power failure automatic recovery AVAILABLE
(Approx 4-minute delay after power is restored.)
3 - NO FUNCTION
Thermistor adjustment
This function allows adjustments to be made to the thermistor readings from
-10 – 10 °C in 0.5 °C intervals.
1. From the Service menu highlight Thermistor Adjustment
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. Use F1 and F2 to select thermistor.
4. Press CONFIRM.
5. Use F2 and F3 to change the thermistor temperature.
6. Press CONFIRM.
Auxiliary settings
This function is used to set the parameters for any auxiliary parts used in the
system.
From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to highlight Auxiliary settings then
press CONFIRM.
<Economy settings for pump>
1.
From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Economy Settings for water
circulation pump.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The economy settings for water circulation pump screen is displayed.
3.
Use button F1 to switch the economy settings ON/OFF.
4.
5.
Use buttons F3 and F4 to adjust the time the water circulation pump will run.
(3 - 60 mins)
Auxiliary settings menu screen
Economy settings for pump screen
38
39
<Electric heater (Heating)>
OCH531
From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Electric heater (Heating).
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The Electric heater (Heating) screen is displayed.
3.
Press F1 button to switch the function ON/OFF.
4.
5.
Use F3 and F4 buttons to adjust the time period of heat pump only operation
before the booster heater will assist in space heating. (5 -180mins)
<Electric heater (DHW)>
From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Electric heater (DHW).
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The Electric heater (DHW) screen is displayed.
3.
Press F1 button to switch the function ON/OFF.
4.
5.
Use F3 and F4 buttons to adjust the time period of heat pump only operation
before the booster heater and the immersion heater (if present) will assist in
DHW heating. (15 -30mins)
<Mixing valve control>
From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Mixing valve control.
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The Mixing valve control screen is displayed.
3.
4.
Use F1 and F2 buttons to set Running time between 30 to 240 seconds. The
Running time equals to a period from full open of the valve (at a hot water
mixing ratio of 100%) to full close (at a cold water mixing ratio of 100%).
Electric heater (Heating) screen
Electric heater (DHW) screen
Note: Set the Running time according to the specifications of the actuator
of each mixing valve.
From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Mixing valve control.
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The Mixing valve control screen is displayed.
3.
4.
Press F3 and F4 buttons to set the interval between 2-zone temperature
controls of the mixing valve between 1 to 30 mins.
Note: It is recommended to set the interval to 2 minutes that is a default
value. With the interval set longer, it could take longer to warm up a
room.
<Pump speed>
From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight water circulation pump speed.
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
3.
Press F3 and F4 buttons to select a refrigerant address of which you wish to
congure or check the settings, and press CONFIRM.
Press CONFIRM.
4.
The Pump speed screen is displayed.
5.
6.
Use F2 and F3 buttons to set the pump speed of the water circulation pump
between 1 to 5.
Mixing valve setting screen
Pump speed setting screen
39
Heat source setting
OCH531
The default heat source setting is heat pump and all electric heaters present in
the system to be operational. This is referred to as Standard operation on the
menu.
From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until
1.
Source Setting is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
Heat source setting menu screen is displayed.
3.
Press F3 button until preferred heat source is displayed.
4.
Press CONFIRM.
5.
6.
If you wish to return to the service menu without saving the setting press return
button. You will be asked if you are sure you wish to cancel the changes.
Choose Yes or No as appropriate.
Operation settings
To access the Operation settings menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll
1.
through the service menu until Operation settings is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
Operation settings menu is displayed.
3.
Heat
Heat source setting screen
Cancel last action screen
<Freeze stat function>
From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Freeze Stat Function.
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The freeze stat function screen will be displayed.
3.
4.
Use buttons F3 and F4 to adjust the minimum outdoor ambient temperature
which freeze stat function will begin to operate, (3 - 20 °C) or choose .
If asterisk (
freeze risk)
Note: When the system is turned off, freeze stat function is not enabled.
<Simultaneous Operation>
For periods of very low outside temperature this mode can be used.
Simultaneous operation allows both DHW and space heating to run together by
using the heat pump and/or booster heater to provide space heating whilst only
the immersion heater provides heating for DHW. This operation is only available
if BOTH a DHW tank AND immersion heater are present on the system.
From the Operation settings menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through the
1.
list until Simultaneous operation is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
Simultaneous operation screen is displayed.
3.
To switch simultaneous operation ON/OFF press F1.
4.
To alter the temperature at which simultaneous operation starts use F3 and F4.
5.
Note:
Range of outdoor ambient temperature is −15°C to 10°C (default −15°C).
•
•
System shall automatically return to routine operation. This will happen
when the outdoor ambient temp rises above the selected temp for this
specic mode of operation.
) is chosen freeze stat function is deactivated. (i.e. primary water
Operation settings menu screen
Freeze stat function screen
Simultaneous operation screen
40
41
<Cold weather function>
OCH531
For extremely low outdoor ambient temperature conditions when the heat pump’s
capacity is restricted the heating or DHW is provided only by the electric booster
heater (and immersion if present). This function is intended for use during
extreme cold periods only. Extensive use of direct electrical heaters ONLY will
result in higher electric usage and may reduce working life of heaters and related
parts.
From the Operation settings menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through the
1.
list until Cold weather function is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
Cold weather function screen is displayed.
3.
To switch Cold weather function ON/OFF press F1.
4.
To alter the temperature at which heater switching function starts use F3 and
5.
F4.
Note:
Range of outdoor ambient temperature is −15°C to −10°C (default −15°C).
•
•
System shall automatically return to routine operation. This will happen
when the outdoor ambient temp rises above the selected temp for this
specic mode of operation.
<Room Temp Control (Heating)>
This function allows operational setting of ow temperature range from the Ecodan and
also the time interval at which the FTC4 collects and processes data for the auto adap-
tation mode.
From the Operation settings menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through the list
1.
until Room temp. control (HEATING) is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
3. Use F1 and F2 keys to scroll through the menu selecting each subtitle in turn by
pressing CONFIRM. See the table below for description of each setting.
4. Enter the desired number using the function keys and press CONFIRM.
Cold weather function screen
Room temp. control (HEATING) screen
Menu subtitle Function Range Unit Default
Temp. control interval Selectable according to the heat emitter type and the mate-
rials of oor (i.e. radiators, oor heating-thick, -thin concrete,
wood, etc.)
Flow temperature range Minimum temp. To minimize the loss by frequent ON and OFF in mild out-
door ambient temp. seasons.
Maximum temp. To set max. possible ow temp according to the type of heat
emitters.
Heat pump thermo diff.adjust On/Off To minimize the loss by frequent ON and OFF in mild out-
door ambient temp. seasons.
Lower limit Prohibits heat pump operation until the flow temperature
drops below the target ow temperature minus lower limit
value.
Upper limit Allows heat pump operation until the ow temperature rises
above the target ow temperature plus upper limit value.
*1 The minimum ow temperature that prohibits heat pump operation is 20ºC.
*2 The maximum ow temperature that allows heat pump operation equals to the maximum temperature set in the ow temp. range menu.
10 - 60 mins. 10
25 - 45
35 - 60
On/Off — On
−9 - −1 ºC −5
+3 - +5
ºC 30
ºC 50
ºC +5
41
<Floor dry up function>
45
40
35
30
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718
(°C )
(b)
(d)
(h)
(c)
(f)
(e)
(g)
OCH531
The Floor dry up function automatically changes the target hot water temperature
in stages to gradually dry concrete when this particular type of underoor heating
system is installed.
1. Turn off the system using the main controller.
2. From the Operation settings in the service menu, use F1 and F2 buttons to
scroll through the list until Floor dry up function is highlighted.
3. Press CONFIRM to display the FLOOR DRY UP screen.
4. To change settings, press F4. For details on settings, refer to the table below.
5. To start the Floor dry up operation, press F1 button to check a box below
“Active” and press CONFIRM.
*1. Upon completion of the operation the system stops all the operations except
the Freeze stat. operation.
*2. For Floor dry up function, the target ow temp. of Zone1 is the same as that of
Zone2.
Note:
•
This function is not available when a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit is connect
ed.
•
Disconnect wiring to external inputs of room thermostat, demand control,
and outdoor thermostat, or the target ow temp. may not be maintained.
Target ow temp.
-
Days
Functions Symbol Description Option/Range Unit Default
Floor dry up function a
Flow temp.
(increase)
Flow temp.
(decrease)
Target temperature
Flow temp. increase step b Sets the increase step of the target ow temp. +1 - +10 ºC +5
Increase interval c Sets the period for which the same target ow temp is maintained. −1 - −7 day 2
Flow temp. decrease step d Sets the decrease step of the target ow temp. −1 - −10 ºC −5
Decrease interval
Start & Finish f Sets the target ow temp. at the start and the nish of the operation. 25 - 60 ºC 30
Max. target temp. g Sets the maximum target ow temp. 25 - 60 ºC 45
Max. temp. period h Sets the period for which the maximum target ow temp. is maintained. 1 - 20 day 5
Set the function to ON and power on the system using the main
controller, and the dry up heating operation will start.
e Sets the period for which the same target ow temp is maintained.
On/Off — Off
1 - 7
day 2
External input settings
From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to highlight External input settings
then press CONFIRM.
<Demand control (IN4)>
From the External input settings menu highlight Demand control (IN4).
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The Demand control screen is displayed.
3.
External input settings menu screen
Press F3 button to select Heat source OFF or Boiler.
4.
Press CONFIRM.
5.
Note: The selection of “OFF”, whilst a signal is being sent to IN4, forcefully
stops all the heat source operations and the selection of “Boiler” stops
operations of heat pump and electric heater and performs boiler operation.
<Outdoor thermostat (IN5)>
From the External input settings menu highlight Outdoor thermostat (IN5).
1.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The Outdoor thermostat screen is displayed.
3.
Press F3 button to select Heater or Boiler.
4.
Press CONFIRM.
5.
Note: The selection of “Heater”, whilst a signal is being sent to IN5, performs
electric-heater-only operation and the selection of “Boiler” performs
boiler operation.
Demand control screen
Outdoor thermostat setting screen
42
43
Running information
OCH531
This function shows current temperature and other data of main component parts
of both the indoor and outdoor units.
1. From the Service menu highlight Running information.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. Press F3 and F4 buttons to set the Ref. address.
4. Use the function buttons to enter index code for the component to be viewed.
(See the Table 9-2-1 for component index codes.)
4. Press CONFIRM.
Thermistor reading
This function shows the current readings of thermistors located on the water and refrigerant circuit
Thermistor Description Thermistor Description
TH1A Zone 1 room temperature THW6 Zone 1 flow water temperature
TH1B Zone 2 room temperature THW7 Zone 1 return water temperature
TH2
THW1 Water flow temperature THW9 Zone 2 return water temperature
THW2
THW5 DHW tank water temperature THWB2 Boiler return water temperature
TH7 Ambient (outdoor) temperature
Refrigerant return temperature THW8 Zone 2 flow water temperature
Water return temperature THWB1 Boiler flow water temperature
Summary of settings
This function shows the current installer/user entered settings.
Abbreviation
HWtemp DHW max temp Z2 mode Operation mode
HWdrop DHW temperature drop - HER (Heating room temp)
HWtime DHW max operation time - HE (Heating flow temp)
NO HW DHW mode restriction - HCC (Heating compensation curve)
HWset DHW operation mode (Normal/Eco) - COR (—)
Ltemp Legionella hot water temp Hroom 1 Heating target room temp
Lfreq Legionella operation Frequency Hroom 2 Heating target room temp
Lstart Legionella mode start time Hflow 1 Heating target flow temp
Ltime Legionella max. operation time Hflow 2 Heating target flow temp
Lkeep Duration of max (Legionella) hot
Z1 mode Operation mode FSflow Freeze stat function flow temp
Explanation
water temp
- HER (Heating room temp) FSout Freeze stat function ambient temp
- HE (Heating flow temp)
- HCC (Heating compensation curve)
- COR (—)
- CO (—)
Abbreviation
Croom —
Cflow —
Explanation
- CO (—)
Error history
Error history allows the service engineer to view previous Error codes, the unit
address and the date on which they occurred. Up to 16 Error codes can be stored
in the history the most recent Error event is displayed at the top of the list.
1.
2.
Please see chapter 10-4. for error code diagnosis and actions.
To delete an Error history item;
1.
2.
From the service menu select Error history
Press CONFIRM.
From Error history screen press F4 button (Rubbish bin icon)
Then press F3 button (Yes).
43
Password protection
OCH531
Password protection is available to prevent unauthorised access to the service
menu by untrained persons.
From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until
1.
o
w
r
d
p
r
Press CONFIRM.
2.
3.
When password input screen is displayed use buttons F1 and F2 to move left
and right between the four digits, F3 to lower the selected digit by 1, and F4 to
increase the selected digit by 1.
When you have input your password press CONFIRM.
4.
The password verify screen is displayed.
5.
To verify your new password press button F3.
6.
Your password is now set and the completion screen is displayed.
7.
<Resetting the password>
If you forget the password you entered, or have to service a unit somebody else
installed, you can reset the password to the factory default of 0000.
From the main settings menu scroll down the functions until Service Menu is
1.
highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
You will be prompted to enter a password.
3.
Hold down buttons F3 and F4 together for 3 secs
4.
5.
You will be asked if you wish to continue and reset the password to default set
ting.
To reset press button F3.
6.
The password is now reset to 0000.
7.
o
t
ect
is highlighted.
i
o
n
ass
P
-
Password input screen
Password verify screen
-
Completion screen
Manual reset
Should you wish to restore the factory settings at any time you should use the
manual reset function. Please note this will reset ALL functions to the factory default settings.
From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until Manual
1.
Reset is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
The Manual reset screen is displayed.
3.
Choose either Manual Reset for FTC4 or Main Controller.
4.
Press F3 button to conrm manual reset of chosen device.5.
44
45
SD card
OCH531
The use of an SD memory card simplies the main controller settings in the eld.
*Ecodan service tool (for use with PC tool) is necessary for the setting.
<SD Main RC>
1.
From the SD card setting use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until
“SD Main RC” is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
Use F1, F2 and F3 buttons to select a menu to write to the main controller.
3.
Press CONFIRM to start downloading.
4.
Wait for a few minutes until “Complete!” appears.
5.
<Main RC SD>
1.
From the SD card setting use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until "Main
RC SD" is highlighted.
Press CONFIRM.
2.
Use F1, F2 and F3 buttons to select a menu to write to the SD memory card.
3.
Press CONFIRM to start uploading.
4.
Wait for a few minutes until “Complete!” appears.
5.
45
<Table 9-2-1>
OCH531
Request
code
103
104 Error history 2 (second to last) Displays error history. ("– –" is displays if no history is present.) —
105 Error history 3 (third to last) Displays error history. ("– –" is displays if no history is present.) —
154 Water circulation pump 1 - Accumulated operating time (after reset) 0 - 9999 10 hours
156 Water circulation pump 2 - Accumulated operating time (after reset) 0 - 9999 10 hours
157 Water circulation pump 3 - Accumulated operating time (after reset) 0 - 9999 10 hours
162
163
164 Indoor unit - Dip SW3 setting information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
165 Indoor unit - Dip SW4 setting information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
175 Indoor unit - Output signal information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
176 Indoor unit - Input signal information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
177 Mixing valve opening step 0 - 10 Step
190 Indoor unit - Software version 1st 4 digits Refer to Note below. —
191 Indoor unit - Software version last 4 digits Refer to Note below. —
340
342
343
504 Indoor unit - Zone 1 room temp. (TH1A) –39 - 88 °C
505 Indoor unit - Ref. liquid temp. (TH2) –39 - 88 °C
506 Indoor unit - Return water temp. (THW2) –39 - 88 °C
507 Indoor unit - Zone 2 room temp. (TH1B) –39 - 88 °C
508 Indoor unit - DHW tank water temp. (THW5) –39 - 88 °C
509 Indoor unit - Zone 1 ow water temp. (THW6) –39 - 88 °C
510 Indoor unit - Outside air temp. (TH7) –39 - 88 °C
511 Indoor unit - Flow water temp. (THW1) –39 - 88 °C
512
513
514 Indoor unit - Zone 2 return water temp. (THW9) –39 - 88 °C
515 Indoor unit - Boiler flow water temp. (THWB1) –40 - 140 °C
516 Indoor unit - Boiler return water temp. (THWB2) –40 - 140 °C
550 Indoor unit - Error postponement history 1 (latest)
551 Indoor unit - Operation control at time of error 0 Standard, 1 Heater, 2 Boiler —
552
553
554 Indoor unit - Input signal information at time of error Refer to detail contents described hereinafter —
555 Indoor unit - Zone 1 room temp. (TH1A) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
556 Indoor unit - Zone 2 room temp. (TH1B) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
557 Indoor unit - Ref. liquid temp. (TH2) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
558 Indoor unit - Flow water temp. (THW1) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
559 Indoor unit - Return water temp. (THW2) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
560 Indoor unit - DHW tank water temp. (THW5) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
561 Indoor unit - Zone 1 flow water temp. (THW6) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
562
563
564 Indoor unit - Zone 2 return water temp. (THW9) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
565 Indoor unit - Boiler flow water temp. (THWB1) at time of error –40 - 140 °C
566 Indoor unit - Boiler return water temp. (THWB2) at time of error –40 - 140 °C
567 Indoor unit - Failure (P1/P2/L5/L8/LD) thermistor 1 TH1A, 2 TH2, 3 THW1, 4 THW2, 5 THWB1, 6 THW5,
568 Mixing valve opening stop at time of error 0 - 10 Step
569 Operated Flow switch at time of failure (L9) 1 Flow switch 1, 2 Flow switch 2, 3 Flow switch 3 —
Error history 1 (latest) Displays error history. ("– –" is displays if no history is present.) Code
Indoor unit - Dip SW1 setting information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
Indoor unit - Dip SW2 setting information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
Water circulation pump 1 - Accumulated operating time reset — —
Water circulation pump 2 - Accumulated operating time reset — —
Water circulation pump 3 - Accumulated operating time reset — —
Indoor unit - Zone 1 return water temp. (THW7) –39 - 88 °C
Indoor unit - Zone 2 flow water temp. (THW8) –39 - 88 °C
Indoor unit - Operation mode at time of error 0 OFF, 1 DHW, 2 Heating, 3 Cooling 4, Legionella prevention,
Indoor unit - Output signal information at time of error Refer to detail contents described hereinafter —
Indoor unit - Zone 1 return water temp. (THW7) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
Indoor unit - Zone 2 flow water temp. (THW8) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
Request content Range Unit
Displays postponement code.
("– –" is displays if no postponement code is present.)
5 Freeze protection, 6 Operation stop
7 THWB2, 8 TH1B, A THW6, B THW7, C THW8, D THW9
—
—
—
Note
Refer to outdoor unit service manual for request code 0 to 102, 106 to 149.
Request codes 103 to 105 indicate error histories of both indoor and outdoor units.
As only four digits can be displayed at one time the software version number is displayed in two halves.
Enter code 190 to see the rst four digits and code 191 to see the last four digits.
For example software version No. 5.01 A000, when code 190 is entered 0501 is displayed, when code 191 is entered A000 is displayed.
46
47
Indoor unit switch setting display (Request code: 162 to 165)
OCH531
0: OFF 1: ON
SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 01
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 02
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 03
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 04
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 05
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 06
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 07
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 08
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 09
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 0A
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 0B
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0C
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0D
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0E
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0F
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 10
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 11
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 12
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 13
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 14
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 15
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 16
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 17
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 18
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 19
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 1A
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 1B
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1C
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1D
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1E
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1F
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 20
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 21
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 22
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 23
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 24
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 25
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 26
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 27
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 28
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 29
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 2A
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 2B
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2C
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2D
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2E
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2F
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 30
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 31
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 32
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 33
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 34
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 35
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 36
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 37
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 38
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 39
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 3A
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 3B
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3C
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3D
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3E
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3F
Display
0: OFF 1: ON
SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 40
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 41
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 42
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 43
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 44
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 45
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 46
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 47
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 48
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 49
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 4A
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 4B
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4C
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4D
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4E
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4F
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 50
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 51
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 52
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 53
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 54
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 55
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 56
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 57
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 58
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 59
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 5A
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 5B
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5C
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5D
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5E
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5F
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 60
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 61
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 62
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 63
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 64
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 65
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 66
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 67
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 68
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 69
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 6A
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 6B
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6C
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6D
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6E
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6F
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 70
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 71
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 72
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 73
0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 74
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 75
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 76
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 77
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 78
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 79
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 7A
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 7B
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7C
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7D
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7E
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7F
Display
47
Indoor unit switch setting display (Request code: 162 to 165)
OCH531
0: OFF 1: ON
SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 00 80
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 00 81
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 00 82
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 00 83
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 00 84
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 00 85
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 00 86
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 00 87
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 00 88
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 00 89
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 00 8A
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 00 8B
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 00 8C
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 00 8D
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 00 8E
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 00 8F
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 00 90
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 00 91
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 00 92
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 00 93
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 00 94
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 00 95
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 00 96
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 00 97
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 00 98
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 00 99
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 00 9A
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 00 9B
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 00 9C
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 00 9D
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 00 9E
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 00 9F
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 00 A0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 00 A1
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 00 A2
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 00 A3
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 00 A4
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 00 A5
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 00 A6
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 00 A7
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 00 A8
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 00 A9
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 00 AA
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 00 AB
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 00 AC
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 00 AD
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 00 AE
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 00 AF
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 00 B0
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 00 B1
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 00 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 00 B3
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 00 B4
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 00 B5
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 00 B6
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 00 B7
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 00 B8
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 00 B9
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 00 BA
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 00 BB
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 00 BC
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 00 BD
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 00 BE
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 00 BF
Display
0: OFF 1: ON
SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 00 C0
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 00 C1
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 00 C2
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 00 C3
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 00 C4
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 00 C5
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 00 C6
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 00 C7
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 00 C8
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 00 C9
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 00 CA
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 00 CB
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 00 CC
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 00 CD
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 00 CE
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 00 CF
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 00 D0
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 00 D1
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 00 D2
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 00 D3
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 00 D4
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 00 D5
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 00 D6
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 00 D7
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 00 D8
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 00 D9
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 00 DA
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 00 DB
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 00 DC
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 00 DD
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 00 DE
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 00 DF
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 00 E0
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 00 E1
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 00 E2
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 00 E3
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 00 E4
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 00 E5
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 00 E6
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 00 E7
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 00 E8
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 00 E9
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 00 EA
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 00 EB
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 00 EC
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 00 ED
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 00 EE
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 00 EF
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 00 F0
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 00 F1
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 00 F2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 00 F3
0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 00 F4
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 00 F5
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 00 F6
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 00 F7
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 00 F8
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 00 F9
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 00 FA
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 00 FB
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 FC
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 FD
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 FE
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 FF
Display
48
49
Output signal display (Request code: 175/553)
OCH531
Please refer to Table 2 on relevant wiring diagram whilst using the following.
0: OFF 1: ON
1 2 3 4 5A 5B 6 7
OUT
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 xx 00
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 xx 01
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 xx 02
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 xx 03
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 xx 04
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 xx 05
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 xx 06
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 xx 07
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 xx 08
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 xx 09
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 xx 0A
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 xx 0B
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 xx 0C
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 xx 0D
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 xx 0E
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 xx 0F
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 xx 10
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 xx 11
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 xx 12
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 xx 13
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 xx 14
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 xx 15
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 xx 16
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 xx 17
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 xx 18
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 xx 19
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 xx 1A
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 xx 1B
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 xx 1C
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 xx 1D
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 xx 1E
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 xx 1F
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 xx 20
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 xx 21
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 xx 22
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 xx 23
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 xx 24
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 xx 25
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 xx 26
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 xx 27
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 xx 28
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 xx 29
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 xx 2A
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 xx 2B
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 xx 2C
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 xx 2D
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 xx 2E
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 xx 2F
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 xx 30
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 xx 31
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 xx 32
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 xx 33
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 xx 34
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 xx 35
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 xx 36
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 xx 37
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 xx 38
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 xx 39
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 xx 3A
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 xx 3B
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 xx 3C
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 xx 3D
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 xx 3E
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 xx 3F
Display
0: OFF 1: ON
OUT
1 2 3 4 5A 5B 6 7
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 xx 40
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 xx 41
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 xx 42
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 xx 43
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 xx 44
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 xx 45
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 xx 46
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 xx 47
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 xx 48
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 xx 49
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 xx 4A
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 xx 4B
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 xx 4C
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 xx 4D
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 xx 4E
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 xx 4F
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 xx 50
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 xx 51
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 xx 52
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 xx 53
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 xx 54
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 xx 55
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 xx 56
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 xx 57
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 xx 58
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 xx 59
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 xx 5A
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 xx 5B
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 xx 5C
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 xx 5D
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 xx 5E
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 xx 5F
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 xx 60
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 xx 61
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 xx 62
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 xx 63
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 xx 64
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 xx 65
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 xx 66
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 xx 67
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 xx 68
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 xx 69
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 xx 6A
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 xx 6B
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 xx 6C
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 xx 6D
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 xx 6E
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 xx 6F
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 xx 70
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 xx 71
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 xx 72
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 xx 73
0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 xx 74
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 xx 75
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 xx 76
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 xx 77
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 xx 78
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 xx 79
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 xx 7A
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 xx 7B
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 xx 7C
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 xx 7D
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 xx 7E
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 xx 7F
Display
49
Output signal display (Request code: 175/553)
OCH531
Please refer to Table 2 on relevant wiring diagram whilst using the following.
0: OFF 1: ON
1 2 3 4 5A 5B 6 7
OUT
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 xx 80
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 xx 81
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 xx 82
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 xx 83
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 xx 84
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 xx 85
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 xx 86
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 xx 87
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 xx 88
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 xx 89
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 xx 8A
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 xx 8B
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 xx 8C
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 xx 8D
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 xx 8E
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 xx 8F
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 xx 90
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 xx 91
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 xx 92
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 xx 93
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 xx 94
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 xx 95
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 xx 96
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 xx 97
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 xx 98
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 xx 99
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 xx 9A
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 xx 9B
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 xx 9C
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 xx 9D
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 xx 9E
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 xx 9F
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 xx A0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 xx A1
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 xx A2
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 xx A3
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 xx A4
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 xx A5
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 xx A6
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 xx A7
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 xx A8
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 xx A9
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 xx AA
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 xx AB
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 xx AC
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 xx AD
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 xx AE
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 xx AF
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 xx B0
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 xx B1
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 xx B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 xx B3
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 xx B4
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 xx B5
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 xx B6
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 xx B7
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 xx B8
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 xx B9
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 xx BA
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 xx BB
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 xx BC
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 xx BD
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 xx BE
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 xx BF
Display
0: OFF 1: ON
OUT
1 2 3 4 5A 5B 6 7
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 xx C0
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 xx C1
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 xx C2
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 xx C3
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 xx C4
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 xx C5
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 xx C6
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 xx C7
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 xx C8
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 xx C9
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 xx CA
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 xx CB
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 xx CC
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 xx CD
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 xx CE
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 xx CF
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 xx D0
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 xx D1
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 xx D2
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 xx D3
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 xx D4
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 xx D5
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 xx D6
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 xx D7
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 xx D8
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 xx D9
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 xx DA
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 xx DB
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 xx DC
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 xx DD
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 xx DE
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 xx DF
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 xx E0
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 xx E1
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 xx E2
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 xx E3
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 xx E4
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 xx E5
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 xx E6
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 xx E7
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 xx E8
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 xx E9
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 xx EA
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 xx EB
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 xx EC
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 xx ED
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 xx EE
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 xx EF
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 xx F0
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 xx F1
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 xx F2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 xx F3
0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 xx F4
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 xx F5
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 xx F6
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 xx F7
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 xx F8
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 xx F9
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 xx FA
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 xx FB
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 xx FC
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 xx FD
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 xx FE
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 xx FF
Display
50
51
Output signal display (Request code: 175/553)
OCH531
Mixing valve state
Please refer to Table 2 on relevant wiring diagram whilst using the following.
0: OFF 1: ON
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
OUT
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 xx
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 xx
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 02 xx
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 03 xx
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 04 xx
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 05 xx
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 06 xx
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 07 xx
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 08 xx
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 09 xx
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0A xx
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0B xx
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0C xx
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0D xx
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0E xx
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0F xx
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 10 xx
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 11 xx
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 12 xx
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 13 xx
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 14 xx
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 15 xx
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 16 xx
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 17 xx
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 18 xx
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 19 xx
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1A xx
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1B xx
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1C xx
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1D xx
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1E xx
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1F xx
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 20 xx
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 21 xx
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 22 xx
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 23 xx
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 24 xx
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 25 xx
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 26 xx
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 27 xx
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 28 xx
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 29 xx
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 2A xx
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 2B xx
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 2C xx
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 2D xx
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 2E xx
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 2F xx
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 30 xx
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 31 xx
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 32 xx
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 33 xx
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 34 xx
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 35 xx
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 36 xx
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 37 xx
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 38 xx
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 39 xx
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 3A xx
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 3B xx
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 3C xx
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 3D xx
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 3E xx
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 3F xx
Display
OUT
5A 5B
0 0 Stop
0 1 Stop
1 0 Open
1 1 Close
Mixing valve state
51
Input signal display (Request code: 176/554)
OCH531
Please refer to Table 1 on relevant wiring diagram whilst using the following.
0: OFF (open) 1: ON (short)
IN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 01
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 02
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 03
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 04
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 05
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 06
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 07
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 08
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 09
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 0A
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 0B
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0C
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0D
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0E
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 00 0F
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 10
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 11
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 12
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 00 13
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 14
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 15
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 16
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 00 17
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 18
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 19
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 1A
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 00 1B
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1C
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1D
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1E
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 1F
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 20
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 21
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 22
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 23
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 24
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 25
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 26
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 00 27
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 28
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 29
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 2A
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 00 2B
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2C
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2D
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2E
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 00 2F
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 30
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 31
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 32
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 00 33
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 34
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 35
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 36
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 00 37
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 38
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 39
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 3A
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 00 3B
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3C
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3D
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3E
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 00 3F
Display
0: OFF (open) 1: ON (short)
IN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 40
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 41
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 42
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 43
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 44
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 45
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 46
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 00 47
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 48
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 49
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 4A
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 00 4B
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4C
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4D
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4E
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 00 4F
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 50
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 51
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 52
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 53
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 54
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 55
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 56
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 57
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 58
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 59
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 5A
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 00 5B
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5C
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5D
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5E
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 00 5F
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 60
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 61
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 62
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 63
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 64
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 65
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 66
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 67
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 68
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 69
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 6A
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 6B
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6C
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6D
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6E
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 00 6F
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 70
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 71
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 72
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 00 73
0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 74
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 75
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 76
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 77
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 78
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 79
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 7A
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 00 7B
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7C
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7D
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7E
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 00 7F
Display
F1 F2
F3 F4
<Emergency operation (Heater)>
F1 F2
F3 F4
OCH531
In Emergency operation mode the outdoor heat pump unit will not operate. Heating for DHW and space heating is provided by the booster heater and the tank
immersion heater (if installed). Space heating flow temp is restricted 40°C if an
immersion heater is not present on the DHW tank then the booster heater will
also indirectly heat the DHW.
When in Emergency operation the main control has NO control functions. It's only
function is to display the Main screen and Information screen by pressing F1, all
other buttons are disabled.
• Activating Emergency operation mode
To activate Emergency operation see the following:
1.
Switch OFF the breaker for the outdoor unit (or both breakers if cylinder pow
ered independently).
Change DIP switch SW4-5 to ON.
2.
Switch ON the breaker(s).
3.
Emergency Operation is now activated.
4.
• Deactivating Emergency operation mode
To deactivate Emergency operation see the following:
1.
Switch OFF the breaker for the outdoor unit (or both breakers if cylinder pow
ered independently).
Change DIP switch SW4-5 to OFF.
2.
Switch ON the breaker(s).
3.
Emergency operation is now deactivated.
4.
<Emergency operation (Boiler)>
In Emergency operation mode the outdoor heat pump unit will not operate. Heating for space heating is provided by the boiler.
When in Emergency operation the main control has NO control functions. It's only
function is to display the Main screen and Information screen by pressing F1, all
other buttons are disabled.
-
-
• Activating Emergency operation mode
To activate Emergency operation see the following:
1.
Switch OFF the breaker for the outdoor unit (or both breakers if cylinder pow
ered independently).
Change DIP switch SW4-6 to ON.
2.
Switch ON the breaker(s).
3.
Emergency Operation is now activated.
4.
• Deactivating Emergency operation mode
To deactivate Emergency operation see the following:
1.
Switch OFF the breaker for the outdoor unit (or both breakers if cylinder pow
ered independently).
Change DIP switch SW4-6 to OFF.
2.
Switch ON the breaker(s).
3.
Emergency operation is now deactivated.
4.
WARNING
Do not attempt to change the DIP switches whilst the breaker(s) are ON as
this could result in ELECTROCUTION.
-
-
52 53
10
OCH531
TROUBLESHOOTING
10-1. Troubleshooting
<Summary of self diagnosis based on Error Codes and Service Procedures>
Present and past Error codes are logged and displayed on the main controller or control board of the outdoor unit.
Please refer to the table below and subsequent explanations to diagnose and remedy typical problems that may occur in the eld.
Unit Condition Error Code Action
Reoccurring problem
Non reoccurring problem Logged 1. Check temporary causes of defects such as the operation of safety devices on the refrigerant/water
NOTE
Electrical components should only be replaced as a nal option. Please follow instructions in Tables 10-4. and 10-5. Error Codes and Inferior Phenomena fully before resorting to replacing parts.
Displayed Use table 10-4. "Self diagnosis and action" to identify fault and correct.
Not Displayed Use table 10-5. "Troubleshooting by inferior phenomena" to identify fault and correct.
circuit including compressor, poor wiring, electrical noise etc. Re-check the symptom and the installation environment, refrigerant amount (Split systems only), weather conditions at time of fault etc.
Not Logged
2. Reset Error code logs, Service the unit and restart system.
1. Recheck the abnormal symptom
2. Identify cause of problem and take corrective action according to Table 10-5. "Troubleshooting by
inferior phenomena"
3. If no obvious problem can be found continue to operate the unit.
10-2. Test Run
Before a test run
• After installation of outdoor unit, pipework and electrical wiring, recheck that there is no water leakage, loosened connections or miswiring.
• Measure impedance between the ground and the power supply terminal block (L,N) on the outdoor and indoor units with suitable (500V) ohmmeter. Resistance
should be ≥ 1.0MΩ .
• Read the Installation and Operation Manuals fully especially the safety requirements before carrying out any test runs.
10-3. Malfunction diagnosis method by main controller
If during start up or operation a malfunction occurs the error code screen may be displayed on the main controller.
The error code screen shows the following; code, unit, ref. address, and telephone number of installer (only if previously entered by the installer)
Please not in the case of some malfunctions an error code is not generated please refer to table 10-5. for more details.
To reset
1. To reset the main controller press F4 button (Reset).
2. Then press F3 (Yes) to conrm.
54
55
10-4. Self diagnosis and action
OCH531
Check if Dip SW is set correctly. (Refer to Chapter 6-13.)
Error code Title and display conditions Possible Cause Diagnosis and action
L3
Circulation water temperature overheat
protection
<DHW/Heating/LP/FS/OS>
Error code displayed when THW1 detects a
temp. ≥ 80ºC for 10 consecutive seconds or
THW2 detects a temp. ≥ 80ºC for 10 consecutive
seconds.
Insufcient system head
.
1
Refer to table in section 10-6. to determine
.
1
if system pump meets requirements.
If more head required either add an pump
of the same size or replace existing pump
with capacity model.
See 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE for
how to replace pump.
DHW : Domestic hot water mode
Heating : Heating mode
LP : Legionella prevention mode
FS : Freeze stat
OS : Operation stop
TH1A/B : Room temp. thermistor
TH2 : Liquid refrigerant temp. thermistor
THW1 : Flow water temp. thermistor
THW2 : Return water temp. thermistor
THW5 : Tank water temp. thermistor
Zone 1 ow water temperature thermistor
THW6 :
THW7 :
THW8 :
THW9 :
THWB1 :
THWB2 :
Zone 1 return water temperature thermistor
Zone 2 ow water temperature thermistor
Zone 2 return water temperature thermistor
Boiler flow water temperature thermistor
Boiler return water temperature thermistor
Reduced ow in primary water circuit
.
2
Due to 1 or more of the following;
Faulty pump, insuffic ient air purge,
blockedstrainer, leak in water circuit.
Valve operation fault
.
3
2-w ay v alve (f ie ld supply) ac tu at or
.
4
fault
3-way valve actuator fault
5.
Booster heater relay (BHC1, BHC2,
6.
BHCP) operating fault
Power supply voltage increase
7.
THW1 or THW5 has become de-
8.
tached from its holder.
THW1 or THW2 fault
9.
Check circulation pump (See 10-6. for how
.
2
to check).
Open purge valve to remove trapped air.
Check the strainer for blockages.
Check the primary water circuit for leaks.
Check that the flow amount is within the
recommended range.
Check valves on primary water circuit are
.
3
installed level.
Electrically test to determine fault.
.
4
1) Electrically test to determine fault.
.
5
2) Op erate 3 -way va lve manua lly using
the main remote controller. (Refer to
<Manual operation> in 9.2).
3) Replace 3-way valve coil.
Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to Procedure
4)
6 in “11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE.”
Electrically test the relays (BHC1, BHC2,
6.
BHCP) to determine fault.
See 10-6. for how to check.
Check the supply voltage.
7.
Visually inspect location and reattach as
8.
necessary.
Check resistance of thermistor against ta-
9.
ble in section 10-6.
Compare FTC4 detecte d te mperature to
hand held detector.
FTC4 board failure
10.
L4
Tank water temperature overheat protection
<DHW/Heating/LP/FS/OS>
Error code display when THW5 detects a
temp. ≥ 75ºC for 10 consecutive seconds.
3-way valve actuator fault
1.
Immersion heater relay (IHC) operat-
2.
ing fault
THW5 fault
3.
FTC4 board failure
4.
Replace board.
10.
1) Electrically test to determine fault.
1.
2) Op erate 3 -way va lve manua lly using
the main remote controller. (Refer to
<Manual operation> in 9.2).
3) Replace 3-way valve coil.
4) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to Procedure
6 in “11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE.”
Check immersion heater relay (IHC)
2.
Check resistance of thermistor against ta-
3.
ble in section 10-6.
Compare FTC4 detecte d te mperature to
hand held detector.
Replace board.
4.
55
Error code Title and display conditions Possible Cause Diagnosis and action
OCH531
P1/P2/L5/LD
Indoor unit temperature thermistor failure
* The ther m i sto r s sub j ect to fai l ure can b e
checked in “Request code: 567” in “Running
information
<DHW/Heating/LP/FS/OS>
Error code displayed when thermistor is at open
or short (see table).
Exceptions
Error code will not be displayed for TH2; During
defrost and for 10 mins after defrost operation.
.
1
Connector/terminal wire has become
detached or loose wiring.
2.Thermistor fault 2.Check resistance of thermistor against ta-
3.FTC4 board failure 3.Replace board.
.
4
The thermistor on the wireless remote
controller or the main remote control-
ler m ay be defec ti ve. (when Room
temp. is chosen for the Heating operation and when Main Controller or
Room RC 1-8 is chosen for the Room
Sensor setting in the Initial setting)
5. Incorrect setting of the Dip switch(es) 5. Check the Dip switch setting(s).
1.Visually check the terminals and connections and reattachas appropriate.
ble in section 10-6.
Compare FTC4 detecte d te mperature to
hand held detector.
.
4
Replace wireless remote controller or main
remote controller
Error code
P1 TH1A/TH1B Room temperature thermisitor -39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
P2 TH2
L5
LD
L6 Circulation water freeze protection
<DHW/Heating/LP/FS/OS>
Error code displayed when THW1 detects a
temp. ≤ 1ºC for 10 consecutive seconds or
THW2 detects a temp. ≤ 3ºC for 10 consecutive
seconds.
Exception
Error code will not be displayed if;
FS function is disabled,
For 10 mins after water circulation pump1 is
switched on.
Symbol Name
THW1 Flow water temperature thermisitor -39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
THW2
THW5 Tank water temperture thermisitor -39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
Liquid temperature thermisitor -39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
Return water temperture thermisitor -39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
Zone 1 ow water temperature thermistor
Zone 1 return water temperature thermistor
Zone 2 ow water temperature thermistor
Zone 2 return water temperature thermistor
Boiler flow water temperature thermistor
Boiler return water temperature thermistor
Thermistor
Open detection Short detection
-39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
-39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
-39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
-39ºC or below 88.5ºC or above
-40ºC or below
-40ºC or below 140ºC or above
1.Insufcient system head 1.Refer to table in section 10-6. to determine
.
2
Reduced ow in primary water circuit.
Due to 1 or more of the following;
Faulty pum p, i ns uf fi ci en t air pur ge ,
blockedstrainer, leak in water circuit.
3.Valve operation fault 3
4.2-way valve (eld supply) actuator fault 4.Electrically test to determine fault.
140ºC or above
if system pump meets requirements.
If more head required either add an pump
of the same size or replace existing pump
with capacity model.
See 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE for
how to replace pump.
.
2
Check circulation pump (See 10-6. for how
to check).
Open purge valve to remove trapped air.
Check the strainer for blockages.
Check the primary water circuit for leaks.
Chec k that the flow amount is within the
recommended range.
.
Check valves on primary water circuit are
installed level.
5. 3-way valve actuator fault 5. 1) Electrically test to determine fault.
6. THW1 has become detached from its
holder.
7. THW1 or THW2 fault 7. Check resistance of thermistor against table
8. FTC4 board failure 8. Replace board.
2) Operate 3-way valve manually using the
main remote controller. (Refer to <Manual operation> in 9.2).
3) Replace 3-way valve coil.
4) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to Procedure
6 in “11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE.”
6. Visually inspect location and reattach as
necessary.
in section 10-6.
Compar e FTC4 detected te mperatur e to
hand held detector.
56
57
Error code Title and display conditions Possible Cause Diagnosis and action
OCH531
L8 Heating operation error
L9 Low primary circuit (Heat source side) ow
* “3” is displayed in “Request code: 567” in “Run
ning information”.
<Heating/FS>
If a), b) and c) occur, L8 is displayed;
a)
No change on THW1 and THW5
(under 1 °C for 20 minutes from unit starts
operation)
b)
No change on THW1
(under 1 °C for 10 minutes from booster heater
starts operation)
c) THW1 - THW2 < -5 °C
(for 10 minutes continuously)
Heating operation error
* “a” is displayed in “Request code: 567” in
“Running information”.
Heating operation error
* “c” is displayed in “Request code: 569” in
“Running information”.
rate detected by ow switch
* “1” is displayed in “Request code: 569” in “Run
ning information”.
<DHW/Heating/LP/FS>
Error code displayed when ow switch detects
low ow rate for 10 seconds.
Exception
For 1 min after water circulation pump1 is
switched on.
Low primary circuit (Zone1 side) ow rate
detected by ow switch
* “2” is displayed in “Request code: 569” in “Run
ning information”.
1. THW1 has become detached from its
-
holder.
Booster heater fault 2. Electrically test to determine fault.
2.
.
THW1 or THW2 or THW5 fault
3
4.FTC4 board failure 4.Replace board.
1. THW6 has become detached from its
holder.
THW6 or THW7 fault 2. Check resistance of thermistor against ta-
2.
3.FTC4 board failure 3.Replace board.
1. THW8 has become detached from its
holder.
THW8 or THW9 fault 2. Check resistance of thermistor against ta-
2.
3.FTC4 board failure 3.Replace board.
1.Insufcient system head 1.Refer to table in section 10-6. to determine
-
.
2
Reduced ow in primary water circuit
Due to 1 or more of the following;
Faulty pump, insufcient air purge,
blocked strainer, leak in water circuit.
3.Valve operation fault 3
.
4
2-way valve (eld supply) actuator
5. Connector/terminal wire has become
detached or loose wiring.
6. Flow switch fault 6. Electrically test to determine fault.
7. Incorrect setting of the SW2-2 7. Check the SW2-2 setting.
8. FTC4 board failure 8. Replace board.
1.Insufcient system head 1.If more head required either add an pump
-
.
2
Reduced ow in primary water circuit
Due to 1 or more of the following;
Faulty pump, insufcient air purge,
blocked strainer, leak in water circuit.
.
3
Terminal wire has become detached
or loose wiring.
4.Flow switch fault 4.Electrically test to determine fault.
5. Incorrect setting of the SW3-2 5. Check the SW3-2 setting.
6. FTC4 board failure 6. Replace board.
1. Visually inspect location and reattach as
necessary.
See 10-6. for how to check.
3.Check resistance of thermistor against table in section 10-6.
Compare FTC4 detecte d te mperature to
hand held detector.
1. Visually inspect location and reattach as
necessary.
ble in section 10-6.
Compare FTC4 detecte d te mperature to
hand held detector.
1. Visually inspect location and reattach as
necessary.
ble in section 10-6.
Compare FTC4 detecte d te mperature to
hand held detector.
if system pump meets requirements.
If more head required either add an pump
of the same size or replace existing pump
with capacity model.
See 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE for
how to replace pump.
.
2
Check circulation pump (See 10-6. for how
to check).
Open purge valve to remove trapped air.
Check the strainer for blockages.
Check the primary water circuit for leaks.
Check that the flow amount is within the
recommended range.
.
Check valves on primary water circuit are
installed level.
fault 4.Electrically test to determine fault.
5. Visually che ck the CN2F connect or and
IN2 terminal and reattach if necessary.
See 10-6. for how to check.
of the same size or replace existing pump .
.
2
Check circulation pump (See 10-6. for how
to check).
Open purge valve to remove trapped air.
Check the strainer for blockages.
Check the primary water circuit for leaks.
Check that the flow amount is within the
recommended range.
.
Visually check the IN3 terminal and reat
3
tach if necessary.
-
57
Error code Title and display conditions Possible Cause Diagnosis and action
OCH531
L9 Low primary circuit (Zone2 side) ow rate
detected by ow switch
* “3” is displayed in “Request code: 569” in “Run
ning information”.
LC
Boiler circulation water temperature overheat
protection
<DHW/Heating/LP/FS/OS>
Error code displayed when THWB1 detects
a temp. ≥80ºC for 10 consecutive seconds or
THWB2 detects a temp. ≥80ºC for 10 consecu-
tive seconds
1.Insufcient system head 1.If more head required either add an pump
-
.
2
Reduced ow in primary water circuit
Due to 1 or more of the following;
Faulty pump, insufcient air purge,
blocked strainer, leak in water circuit.
.
3
Terminal wire has become detached
or loose wiring.
4.Flow switch fault 4.Electrically test to determine fault.
5. Incorrect setting of the SW3-3 5. Check the SW3-3 setting.
6. FTC4 board failure 6. Replace board.
1.The set temperature for Boiler is too
high.
.
2
Flow rate of the heating circuit from the
boiler may be reduced.
of the same size or replace existing pump.
.
2
Check circulation pump (See 10-6. for how
to check).
Open purge valve to remove trapped air.
Check the strainer for blockages.
Check the primary water circuit for leaks.
Check that the flow amount is within the
recommended range.
3.Visually check the IN7 terminal and reattach if necessary.
1.Check if the set temperature for Boiler
for heatin g exceeds the restri ct ion. (S ee
th e ma n u a l fo r the the r m i s t o r s "PA C TH011HT-E")
2.Check for
water leakage
•
strainer blockage
•
water circulation pump function.
•
LD Boiler temperature thermistor (THWB1, THWB2)
LE Boiler operation error
LH Boiler circulation water freeze protection Flow rate of the heat ing c ircuit from the
LL Setting errors of Dip switches on FTC4 control
P1 Indoor unit temperature thermistor (TH1) failure Refer to error codes (P1/P2/L5/LD).
P2 Indoor unit temperature thermistor (TH2) failure Refer to error codes (P1/P2/L5/LD).
P6
failure
<Heating>
Boiler is running and THW6 detects a
temperature <30ºC for consecutive 60 minutes.
board
Anti-freeze protection of plate heat exchanger
<Defrosting>
THW 2 dete cts a tempe ra tu re ≤15ºC an d TH2
detects a temperature ≤−16ºC for consecutive 10
seconds.
1.THW6 has become detached from its
holder.
.
2
Incorrect wiring between FTC4
(OUT10) and the boiler.
3.Boiler fuel has run out or the system is
OFF.
4.Boiler failure 4.Check the status of the boiler.
5. FTC4 board failure 5. Replace board.
boiler may be reduced.
Incorrect setting of Dip switches.
1.Boiler operation 1
2.2-zone temperature control 2
1.Reduced water ow 1. and 2.
• Clogged lter
• Leakage of water
.
2
Low temperature
• Low load
• Inlet water is cold
3.Defective water pump 3. Check water pump.
4.Leakage or shortage of refrigerant 4. Correct to proper amount of refrigerant.
5. Malfunction of linear expansion valve 5. Check linear expansion valve.
Refer to error codes (P1/P2/L5/LD).
1.Visually inspect location and reattach as
necessary.
.
2
See the manual of the thermistors "PACTH011HT-E".
3.Check the status of the boiler.
Check for
water leakage
•
strainer blockage
•
water circulation pump function.
•
.
For boiler operation, check that Dip SW1-1 is
set to ON (With Boiler) and Dip SW2-6 is set
to ON (With Mixing Tank).
.
For 2-zone temperature control, check Dip
SW2-7 is set to ON (2-zone) and Dip SW2-6
is set to ON (With Mixing Tank).
Check water piping.
58
59
Error code Title and display conditions Possible Cause Diagnosis and action
OCH531
E0/E4 Main controller communication failure
E3/E5
E6 Indoor/outdoor communication failure
E7 Indoor/outdoor communication failure
E1/E2
(Reception error)
Error code E0 is displayed if main controller does
not receive any signal from the indoor unit for ref.
address "0" for 3 mins.
Error code E4 is displayed if indoor unit does not
receive any data from the main controller for 3
mins or indoor unit does not receive any signal
from the main controller for 2 mins.
Main controller communication failure
(Transmission error)
Error code E3 is displayed if the main controller
an not nd an empty transmission path and thus
fails to transmit for 6 secs or the data received
bythe main controller is different to what was sent
(by the main controller) 30 consecutive times.
Error code E5 is displayed if the FTC4 can not
nd an empty transmission path for 3 mins and
thus cannot transmit or the data sent by the FTC4
is different to what was expected 30 consecutive
times.
(Reception error)
Error code E6 is displayed if after the power is
switched ON to the indoor unit, the FTC4 board
does not receive any signal or the signal receive-
dis not complete for 6 mins, or after a period of
operation the FTC4 board does not receive any
signal or the signal received is not complete for 3
mins.
(Transmission error)
Error code E7 is displayed if despite the FTC4
board sending signal "0", signal "1" is received
30 consecutive times.
Main controller control board failure
Error code E1 displayed if main controller can not
access it's non volatile (non power dependent)
memory.
Error code E2 is displayed when there is a fault
with the main controller's internal clock.
1.Contact failure with transmission cable 1
.
2
Wiring procedure not observed.
(Cable length/cable diameter/number
of indoor units/number of main
controllers)
.
3
Fault on the indoor unit FTC4 board
section controlling Ref. address "0"
.
4
Fault with the main controller circuit
board
5.Electrical noise causes interference
with transmission/reception of data for
main controller.
.
2 or more main controllers have been
1
connected to the FTC4.
.
2
Fault with main controller transmission/
receiving circuit board
.
3
Fault with the main controller circuit
board
4.Electrical noise causes interference
with transmission/reception of data for
main controller.
1.Contact failure/short circuit/miswiring 1.Check the connections on the indoor and
.
2
Fault with outdoor unit transmission/
receiving circuit board
.
3
Fault with FTC4 transmission/receiving
circuit board
4.Electrical noise causes interference
with FTC4-Outdoor unit transmission
cable.
.
1
Fault with FTC4 transmission/receiving
circuit board
.
2
Electrical noise causes interference
with power supply.
3.Electrical noise causes interference
with FT C4- out doo r unit transmission
cable.
.
1
Fault with the main controll er circu it
board
.
Check connect io n cable f or dama ge o r
loose connections at the FTC4 and main
controller terminals.
.
2
Check main controller and FTC4 common
wiring max cable length 500 m.
Only use 2 core cable.
Only connect 1 main controller to 1 FTC4
indoor unit board.
.
.
3
to 5
If the problem is not solved by the above
measures then:
Turn the power to the indoor unit OFF and
then ON.
Power to both the indoor unit and outdoor
uni ts sh ould be swit ched OFF then ON.
(This may require switching 1 or 2 breakers
depending if the unit is powered independ-
ently from the outdoor unit).
If the E4 code is still displayed the FTC4
and/or the main controller circuit board
should be replaced.
.
1
Only connect 1 main controller to 1 FTC4
indoor unit board.
2.
to 4.
Turn the power to the indoor unit OFF and
then ON.
Power to both the indoor unit and outdoor
units should be switched OFF then ON.
(This may require switching 1 or 2 breakers
depending if the unit is powered independ-
ently from the outdoor unit).
If the E3/E5 code is still displayed the FTC4
and/or the main controller circuit board
should be replaced.
* Check the LED display on the outdoor unit
circuit board.
(Connect the A-control service tool, PACSK52ST to test.) Refer to the outdoor unit
servic e manual for exp la na ti on of E A- EC
codes.
outdoor units have not become loose and
that the connecting cable is not damaged.
.
2. to 4
Turn the power to the indoor unit OFF and
then ON.
Power to both the indoor unit and outdoor
units should be switched OFF then ON.
(This may require switching 1 or 2 breakers
depending if the unit is powered independ-
ently from the outdoor unit).
If the E6 code is still displayed the FTC4
and/or the outdoor unit circuit board should
be replaced.
.
.
1
3
to
Turn the power to the indoor unit OFF and
then ON.
Power to both the indoor unit and outdoor
units should be switched OFF then ON.
(This may require switching 1 or 2 breakers
depending if the unit is powered independ-
ently from the outdoor unit).
If the E7 code is still displayed the FTC4
circuit board should be replaced.
1.Replace main controller circuit board.
59
Error code Title and display conditions Possible Cause Diagnosis and action
OCH531
J0 Indoor unit/wireless receiver communication
J1 to J8
failure
Error code J0 is displayed when the FTC4 can
not receive data from the wireless receiver for 1
min.
Wireless remote controller/wireless receiver
communication failure
(Reception error)
Error code displayed if wireless receiver receives
no/incomplete data from the wireless remote
controller for 15 consecutive minutes.
The digit after the J refers to the address of the
wireless remote controller that has the error.
E.g. Error code "J3" refers to a communication
fault between the wireless receiver and wireless
remote control with address 3.
.
1
Connection fault with wireless receiverFTC4 connection
2.Fault with FTC4 receiving circuit board 2. to 4
3.Fault with wireless receiver's transmission circuit board
4.Electrical noise causes interference
with wireless receiver communication
cable.
.
1
Battery on wireless remote control may
be at
.
2
The wireless remote controller is out of
range of the wireless receiver.
.
3
Fault with wireless remote controller
transmission circuit board
.
4
Fault with wireless receiver's reception
circuit board
1.Check the connections to the wireless re-
Turn the power to the indoor unit OFF and
then ON.
Power to both the indoor unit and outdoor
units should be switched OFF then ON.
(This may require switching 1 or 2 breakers
depending if the unit is powered independ-
ently from the outdoor unit).
If the J0 code is still displayed the FTC4 and/
or the wireless receiver circuit board should
be replaced.
1.Check and replace the battery if necessary
2. to 4
Reposition the wireless remote control closer
to the receiver and perform a communication
test.
For procedure refer to wireless remote
controller installation manual.
If "OK" is displayed then the cause of the J1
to J8 error was the controller was out of range
of the receiver.
The w ir el ess remote co nt ro ll er should be
installed within range of the receiver.
If "Err" is displayed replace wireless remote
controller with a new controller and perform
the pairing procedure.
If after this procedure the "Err" code is still
displayed the fault is with the receiver unit
(attached to the indoor unit).
The receiver unit should be replaced with a
new part and the original remote control can
be reconnected.
If "OK" is displayed then the fault is with the
remote control and this should be replaced.
ceiver and FT C4 have not become loose
and that the connecting cable is not damaged.
.
the wireless remote controller battery.
.
Note: To cancel error codes please switch system off (press button F4 (RESET) on main controller).
60
61
10-5. Troubleshooting by inferior phenomena
S1
S2
S3
L
N
CN01
CN01
OCH531
No. Fault symptom Possible cause Explanation - Solution
1 Main controller display
is blank.
2 “Please Wait” remains
displayed on the main
controller.
3 The main screen
appears with a press
of the “ON” button, but
disappears in a second.
4 LED2 on FTC4 is off.
(See 6. WIRING
DIAGRAM.)
1. There is no power supply to main
controller.
1. Check LED2 on FTC4. (See 6. WIRING DIAGRAM.)
(i) When LED2 is lit.
Check for damage or contact failure of the main controller wiring.
(ii) When LED2 is blinking.
Refer to No. 5 below.
(iii) When LED2 is not lit.
Refer to No. 4 below.
Power is supplied to main controller,
2.
however, the display on the main
controller does not appear.
Check the following:
2.
• Disconnection between the main controller cable and the FTC4 control board
• Failure of the main controller if “Please Wait” is not displayed.
• Refer to No. 2 below if “Please Wait” is displayed.
1. "Please Wait" is displayed for up to 6
1. Normal operation.
minutes.
Communication failure between the main
2.
controller and FTC4.
Communication failure between FTC4
3.
and outdoor unit.
2, 3.
Main controller start up checks/procedure.
(i) If “0%” or “50-99%” is displayed below "Please Wait" there is a
communication error between the main controller and the FTC4 control
board.
• Check wiring connections on the main controller.
• Replace the main controller or the FTC4 control board.
(ii) If “1-49%” is displayed there is a communication error between the outdoor
unit's and FTC4's control boards.
• Check the wiring connections on the outdoor unit control board and the FTC4
control board.
(Ensure S1 and S2 are not cross-wired and S3 is securely wired with no
damage. (See 7. FIELD WIRING.)
• Replace the outdoor unit's and/or the FTC4's control boards.
The main controller operations do not work
for a while after the settings are changed in
the service menu. This is because the system
Normal operation.
The indoor unit is applying updated settings made in the service menu. Normal
operation will start shortly.
takes time to apply the changes.
When LED1 on FTC4 is also off. (See 6.
WIRING DIAGRAM.)
<FTC4 powered via outdoor unit.>
The outdoor unit is not supplied at the
1.
rated voltage.
1. Check the voltage across the terminals L and N or L3 and N on the outdoor
power board. (See 7. FIELD WIRING.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check wiring of the outdoor unit and
of the breaker.
• When the voltage is at 220 to 240V AC, go to “2.” below.
Defective outdoor controller circuit board. 2. Check the voltage across the outdoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See 7. FIELD
2.
WIRING.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check the fuse on the outdoor
control board and check for faulty wiring.
• When the voltage is 220 to 240V AC, go to “3.” below.
FTC4 is not supplied with 220 to 240V
3.
AC.
3.
Check the voltage across the indoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See 7. FIELD
WIRING.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check FTC4-outdoor unit wiring for
faults.
• When the voltage is 220 to 240V AC, go to “4.” below.
4. FTC4 failure. 4. Check the FTC4 control board.
• Check the fuse on FTC4 control board.
• Check for faulty wiring.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the FTC4 control board is faulty.
5. Faulty connector wiring. 5. Check the connector wiring.
• When the connectors are wired incorrectly, re-wire the connectors referring to
below. (See 7. FIELD WIRING.)
BLACK
BLACK
YELLOW
YELLOW
FTC4 powered
via outdoor unit
Black
Cylinder unit
control board
61
No. Fault symptom Possible cause Explanation - Solution
L
N
CN01
CN01
S1
S2
S3
OCH531
4. LED2 on FTC4 is off.
(See 6. WIRING
DIAGRAM)
<FTC4 powered on independent source>
1. FTC4 is not supplied with 220 to 240V AC. 1. Check the voltage across the L and N terminals on the indoor power supply
terminal block. (See 7. FIELD WIRING.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check for faulty wiring to power
supply.
• When the voltage is 220 to 240V AC, go to 2. below.
There are problems in the method of
2.
connecting the connectors.
2.
Check for faulty wiring between the connectors.
• When the connectors are wired incorrectly re-wire them correctly referring
to below. (See 7. FIELD WIRING and a wiring diagram on the control and
electrical box cover.)
YELLOW
BLACK
YELLOW
BLACK
FTC4 powered
from independent
source
Black
Cylinder unit
control board
• If no problem found with the wiring, go to 3. below.
3.
FTC4 failure. 3. Check the FTC4 control board.
• Check the fuse on FTC4 control board.
• Check for faulty wiring.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the FTC4 control board is faulty.
When LED1 on FTC4 is lit. Recheck the refrigerant address setting on the outdoor unit.
Incorrect setting of refrigerant address for
outdoor unit.
Set the refrigerant address to “0”.
(Set refrigerant address using SW1(3 - 6) on outdoor controller circuit board.)
(None of the refrigerant address is set to "0".)
5 LED2 on FTC4 is
blinking.
(See 6. WIRING
DIAGRAM)
When LED1 is also blinking on FTC4 . Check for faulty wiring between FTC4 and outdoor unit.
Faulty wiring between FTC4 and outdoor
unit
When LED1 on FTC4 is lit.
1. Faulty wiring in main controller
Multiple indoor uni ts have been wired to a
single outdoor unit.
2. Short-circuited wiring in main controller
1. Check for faulty wiring in main controller.
The number of indoor units that can be wired to a single outdoor unit is one.
Additional indoor units must be wired individually to a single outdoor unit.
2.,3.
Remove main controller wires and check LED2 on FTC4. (See 6. WIRING
DIAGRAM.)
Main controller failure
3.
• If LED2 is blinking check for short circuits in the main controller wiring .
• If LED2 is lit, wire the main controller again and:
- if LED2 is blinking, the main controller is faulty;
- if LED2 is lit, faulty wiring of the main controller has been corrected.
6 LED4 on FTC4 is off.
(See 6. WIRING
DIAGRAM)
1. SD memory card is NOT inserted into the
1. Correctly insert SD memory card in place until a click is heard.
memory card slot with correct orientation.
Not an SD standards compliant memory card. 2. Use an SD standards compliant memory card. (Refer to installation manual,
2.
"5.5 Using SD memory card".)
LED4 on FTC4 is
blinking.
(See 6. WIRING
DIAGRAM)
1. Full of data. 1. Move or delete data, or replace SD memory card with a new one.
Write-protected. 2. Release the write-protect switch.
2.
NOT formatted. 3. Refer to installation manual, "5.5 Using SD memory card".
3.
4. Formatted in NTFS le system. 4. FTC4 is Not compatible with NTFS le system. Use an SD memory card for-
matted in FAT le system.
7 No water at hot tap. 1. Cold main off 1. Check and open stop cock.
Strainer (eld supply) blocked. 2. Isolate water supply and clean strainer.
2.
8 Cold water at tap. 1. Hot water run out. 1. Ensure DHW mode is operating and wait for DHW tank to re-heat.
Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode se-
2.
2.
Check settings and change as appropriate.
lected.
Heat pump not working. 3. Check heat pump – consult outdoor unit service manual.
3.
4. Booster heater cut-out trip
ped
. 4. Check booster heater thermostat and press reset button if safe.
Reset button is located on the side of booster heater, covered with white rubber cap. See 4. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS to nd out its position.
5.
The earth leakage circuit breaker for booster
5. Check the cause and reset if safe.
heater breaker (ECB1) tripped.
6. The booster heater thermal cut-out has
tripped and cannot be reset using the manual
reset button.
6. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then the connection is
broken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
Contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.
7. Immersion heater cut-out tripped. 7. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button, located on im-
mersion heater boss, if safe. If the heater has been operated with no water
inside it may have failed, so please replace it with a new one.
8.
Immersion heater breaker (ECB2) tripped.
8. Check the cause and reset if safe.
9. 3-way valve fault 9. Check plumbing/wiring to 3-way valve.
(i) Manually override 3-way valve using the main controller. (Refer to <Manual
operation> in section 9-2.) If the valve does not still function, go to (ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve coil. If the valve does not still function, go to (iii) be
low.
(iii) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE.)
-
62
63
No. Fault symptom Possible cause Explanation - Solution
OCH531
9 Water heating takes
longer.
1. Heat pump not working. 1. Check heat pump – consult outdoor unit service manual.
Booster heater cut-out tripped. 2. Check booster heater thermostat and press reset button if safe.
2.
Booster heater breaker (ECB1) tripped.
3.
4. The booster heater thermal cut-out has
tripped and cannot be reset using the manual
reset button.
5. Immersion heater cut-out has been triggered. 5. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button located on im-
6.
Immersion heater breaker (ECB2) tripped.
Reset button is located on the side of booster heater, covered with white rubber cap. See 4. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS to nd out its position.
3. Check the cause and reset if safe.
4. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then connection is bro-
ken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
Contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.
mersion heater boss, if safe. If the heater kept running with no water inside,
this may have resulted in failure, so replace it with a new one.
6. Check the cause and reset if safe.
10 Temperature of DHW
tank water dropped.
11 Hot o r warm water
from cold tap.
12
Water leakage 1. P oorly sealed connections of water circuit
13
Heating system does
not reach the set
temperature.
When DHW operation is not running, the DHW
tank emits heat and the water temperature
decreases to a certain level. If water in the DHW
tank is reheated frequently because of a signicant drop in water temperature, check for the
following.
1. Water leakage in the pipes that connect to
the DHW tank
Insulation material coming loose or off. 2. Fix insulation.
2.
3.
3-way valve failure 3. Check plumbing/wiring to 3-way valve.
Heat of hot water pipe is transferred to cold water
pipe.
components
2.
Water circuit components reaching the end of
life
1. Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode selected.
2.
Check settings and change as appropriate. 2. Check the battery power and replace if at.
3.
The temperature sensor is located in a room
that has a different temperature relative to
that of the rest of the house.
4. Heat pump not working. 4. Check heat pump – consult outdoor unit service manual.
1. Take the following measures.
• Retighten the nuts holding the pipes onto the DHW tank.
• Replace seal materials.
• Replace the pipes.
Manually override 3-way valve using the main controller. (Refer to <Manual
(i)
operation> in section 9-2.) If the valve does not still function, go to (ii) below.
(ii)
Replace 3-way valve motor. If the valve does not still function, go to (iii) below.
(iii) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE.)
Insulate/re-route pipework.
1. Tighten connections as required.
2.
Refer to PARTS CATALOG for expected part lifetimes and replace them as
necessary.
1. Check settings and change as appropriate.
Relocate the temperature sensor to a more suitable room.
3.
5. Booster heater cut-out tripped. 5. Check booster heater thermostat and press reset button if safe.
6.
Booster heater breaker (ECB1) tripped.
7. The booster heater thermal cut-out tripped
and can not be reset using the manual reset
button.
8. Incorrectly sized heat emitter. 8. Check the heat emitter surface area is adequate
9. 3-way valve failure 9. Check plumbing/wiring to 3-way valve.
10. Battery problem (*wireless control only) 10. Check the battery power and replace if at.
11. If a mixing tank is installed, the ow rate be-
tween the mixing tank and the cylinder unit is
less than that between the mixing tank and
the local system.
Reset button is located on the side of booster heater, covered with white rubber cap. (See 4. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS for position.)
6. Check the cause of the trip and reset if safe.
7.
Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then the connection is bro-
ken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
Contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.
Increase size if necessary.
(i) Manually override 3-way valve using the main controller. (Refer to <Manual
operation> in 9-2). If the 3-way valve does not function, go to (ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve
3-way valve does not function go to (iii) below.
Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to
(iii)
11. Increase the ow rate between the mixing tank and the cylinder unit decrease
that between the mixing tank and the local system.
motor
. If the 3-way valve coil is replaced but the
11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
.)
63
No. Fault symptom Possible cause Explanation - Solution
OCH531
14 In 2-zone tempera-
ture control, only
Zone2 does not
reach the set temperature.
1. When Zone1 and Zone2 are both in heating
mode, the hot water temperature in Zone2
does not exceed that in Zone1.
2.
Faulty wiring of motorized mixing valve 2. Refer to installation manual, "5.3 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control".
3.
Faulty installation of motorized mixing valve 3. Check for correct installation. (Refer to the manual included with each motor-
4. Incorrect setting of Running time 4. Check for correct setting of Running time.
1. Normal action no action necessary.
ized mixing valve.)
15
When a PUHZ-FRP
outdoor unit is connected, DHW or Heat-
ing operation cannot
run.
16 When a PUHZ-FRP
outdoor unit is connected and is in heat
recovery operation,
the set temperature
is not reached.
17 After DHW operation
room temperature
rises slightly.
18
The room tempera-
ture rises during DHW
operation.
19 Water discharges
from pressure relief
valve.
(Primary circuit)
Water discharges
20
from pressure relief
valve (accessory
supplied item).
(Sanitary circuit)
Water discharges
21
from temperature
and pressure relief
valve (EHPT20XVM2HB only) (Sani
tary circuit)
5. Motorized mixing valve failure 5. Inspect the mixing valve. (Refer to the manual included with each motorized
The outdoor unit is set to have operation of the indoor unit of air conditioner take precedence over
that of the cylinder unit, and in the main controller
settings "E lectric he ater (Heat ing)" or " Electric
heater (DHW)" is turned off.
When the outdoor unit is set to have cooling
operation of the indoor unit of air conditioner take
precedence over that of the cylinder unit, the outdoor unit controls the frequency of the compres-
sor according to the load of air conditioner. The
DHW and heating run according to that frequency.
At the end of the DHW mode operation the 3-way
valve diverts hot water away from the DHW circuit
into space heating circuit.
This is done to prevent the cylinder unit compo-
nents from overheating.
The amount of hot water directed into the space
heating circuit varies according to the type of the
system and of the pipe run between the plate heat
exchanger and the cylinder unit.
3-way valve failure Check the 3-way valve.
1. If continual – pressure relief valve could bite
foreign objects and the valve seat may be
damaged.
If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may
2.
have reduced/bladder perished.
1. If continual – eld supplied pressure reducing
valve not working.
2. If continual – pressure relief valve could bite
foreign objects and the valve seat may be
damaged.
If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may
3.
have reduced/bladder perished.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backow. 4. Check the pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to that in
1. If continual – eld supplied pressure reducing
valve not working.
2.
If continual – temperature and pressure relief
valve could bite foreign objects and the valve
-
seat may be damaged.
If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may
3.
have reduced/bladder perished.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backow. 4. Check pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to that in the
5. Unit has overheated – thermal controls have
failed.
mixing valve.)
Turn ON Electric heater (Heating) or Electric heater (DHW) using the main con-
troller.
Normal operation no action necessary.
If Air-to-Water system is given priority in operation, comp Hz can be regulated
depending on the load of DHW or Heating. For more details, refer to the PUHZFRP installation manual.
Normal operation no action necessary.
(i) Manually override 3-way valve using the main controller. (Refer to <Manual
operation> in 9-2). If the 3-way valve does not function, go to (ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve coil. If the 3-way valve coil is replaced but the 3-way
valve does not function go to (iii) below.
(iii) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE.)
1. Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve several turns. If leakage persists,
replace the pressure relief valve with a new one.
2.
Check pressure in expansion vessel.
Recharge to 1 bar if necessary.
If bladder perished replace expansion vessel with a new one.
1.
Check function of pressure reducing valve and replace if necessary.
Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve several turns. If leakage persists,
2.
replace the pressure relief valve with a new one.
3.
Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
Recharge to correct precharge pressure if necessary.
If bladder perished replace expansion vessel with a new one with appropriate
pre-charge.
the incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains water supply could ow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of back-feed and
rectify error in pipework/tting conguration. Adjust pressure in cold supply.
1. Check function of pressure reducing valve and replace if necessary.
Turn the handle on the temperature and pressure relief valve several turns.
2.
If leakage persists, replace the temperature and pressure relief valve with a
new one.
3.
Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
Recharge to correct precharge pressure if necessary.
If bladder perished replace expansion vessel with a new one with appropriate
pre-charge.
incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains water
supply could flow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of back-feed and
rectify error in pipework/tting conguration. Adjust pressure in cold supply.
5. Switch off power to the heat pump and immersion heaters.
Leave water running.
Wait until discharge stops. Isolate water supply and replace if faulty.
64
65
No. Fault symptom Possible cause Explanation - Solution
OCH531
22
Water discharges from
expansion relief valve
- part of Inlet Control
Group
(EHPT20X-VM2HB
only) (sanitary circuit).
23
Noisy water circulation
pump
24
Noise during hot water
draw off typically
worse in the morning.
25
Mechanical noise
heard coming from the
cylinder unit.
26
Water circulation pump
runs for a short time
unexpectedly.
27
Milky/Cloudy water
(Sanitary circuit)
28
Heating mode has
been on standby for
a long time (does
not start operation
smoothly.)
The cylinder unit
29
that was running in
the heating mode
before power failure
is running in the DHW
mode after power
recovery.
1. If continual – eld supplied pressure
reducing valve not working.
2.
If continual – expansion relief valve may be
damaged.
If intermitten t – expa nsion ve ssel charge
3.
may have reduced/bladder perished.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backow. 4. Check pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to that in
5. Unit has overheated – thermal controls have
failed.
Air in water circulation pump. Use manual and automatic air vents to remove air from system.
1. Loose airing cupboard pipework. 1. Install extra pipe fastening clips.
2.
Heaters switching on/off. 2. Normal operation no action necessary.
1. Heaters switching on/off. Normal operation no action necessary.
2.
3-wa y val ve changin g pos ition betw ee n
DHW and heating mode.
Water circulation pump jam prevention mechanism
(routine) to inhibit the build-up of scale.
Oxygenated water Water from any pressurised system will release oxygen bubbles when water is
The time of “Delay” set in “Economy settings
for pump” is too short. (Go to “Service menu”
→ “Auxiliary settings” → “Economy settings for
pump”).
The cylinder unit is designed to run in an operation
mode with a higher priority (i.e. DHW mode in
this case) at power recovery.
1. Check function of pressure reducing valve and replace if necessary.
2.
Turn the handle on the expansion relief valve to check for foreign objects
inside. If the problem is not still solved, replace the expansion relief valve
with a new one.
3.
Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
Recharge to correct precharge pressure if necessary.
If bladder perished replace expansion vessel with a new one with
appropriate precharge.
the incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains
water supply could ow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of backfeed and rectify error in pipework/tting conguration. Adjust pressure in
cold supply.
5. Switch off power to the heat pump and immersion heaters. Leave water
running. Wait until discharge stops. Isolate water supply and replace if
faulty.
Top up water if necessary to achieve 1 bar on primary circuit.
Normal operation no action necessary.
running. The bubbles will settle out.
Increase the time of “Delay” in “Economy settings for pump” .
• Normal operation.
• After the DHW max. operation time has elapsed or the DHW max. temperature
has been reached, the DHW mode switches to the other mode (ex. Heating
mode).
10-6. Checking component parts' function
L
Signal cable
3
3
Power cable
BROWN
PWM input signal
Feedback signal
Signal ref.
BLUE
BROWN
GREEN/
YELLOW
BLUE
BLACK
M
1~
N
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0
65
OCH531
Part Name Check Points
Water circulation pump
<EHST20 series>
<Water circulation pump characteristics>
Speed 5 (Default setting)
Speed 4
Speed 3
Speed 2
Speed 1
External static pressure [kPa]
<Recommended water ow rate range>
Outdoor heat pump unit Water ow rate range [L/min]
Packaged PUHZ-W50 7.1 - 14.3
Split PUHZ-RP35 7.1 - 11.8
Immersion heater Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
PUHZ-W85 10.0 - 25.8
PUHZ-HW112 14.4 - 27.7
PUHZ-HW140 17.9 - 27.7
PUHZ-RP50 7.1 - 17.2
PUHZ-RP60 8.6 - 20.1
PUHZ-(H)RP71 10.2 - 22.9
PUHZ-(H)RP100 14.4 - 27.7
PUHZ-(H)RP125 17.9 - 27.7
PUHZ-RP140 20.1 - 27.7
PUHZ-SW40 7.1 - 11.8
PUHZ-SW50 7.1 - 17.2
PUHZ-SW75 10.2 - 22.9
PUHZ-SW100 14.4 - 27.7
PUHZ-SW120 20.1 - 27.7
PUHZ-SHW80 10.2 - 22.9
PUHZ-SHW112 14.4 - 27.7
PUHZ-SHW140 17.9 - 27.7
<EHPT20 series (with PUHZ-W50)>
External static pressure [kPa]
<EHPT20 series (with PUHZ-W85)>
External static pressure [kPa]
Flow rate [L/min]
Flow rate [L/min]
Flow rate [L/min]
Speed 5 (Default setting)
Speed 4
Speed 3
Speed 2
Speed 1
Speed 5 (Default setting)
Speed 4
Speed 3
Speed 2
Speed 1
<EHPT20 series (with PUHZ-W112)>
Speed 5 (Default setting)
Speed 4
Speed 3
Speed 2
Speed 1
External static pressure [kPa]
Flow rate [L/min]
(Winding temperate 20°C)
Terminal Normal Abnormal
A-B 19.2 Ω Open or Short
To reset the immersion heater use a pin or similar to press the reset button located on the top of the immersion boss.
See diagram on the left.
Part Name Check Points
90 °C
Manual reset
water
thermostat
121 °C
Thermal
cut-out
AWG18
AWG18
9
10
1
2
2kW
AWG15 FEP
WHITE
AWG15 FEP
WHITE
1
2
2kW
AWG15 FEP
WHITE
AWG15 FEP
WHITE
3
4
2kW
AWG13 FEP
BLUE
AWG13 FEP
BLUE
2kW
5 6
AWG15 FEP
WHITE
AWG15 FEP
WHITE
AWG13 FEP
BLUE
2kW
4
AWG15 FEP
WHITE
2kW 2kW
2 3
1kW
1
1kW 1kW
AWG13 FEP
BLUE
AWG13 FEP
BLUE
R S T A1 A2
U V W
Flow
1
2
3
66
67
OCH531
Booster heater Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
Thermostat (90 °C) and thermal cut out (121 °C)
2kW heater (230V, 1 phase)
2 + 4kW heater (230V, 1 phase)
Terminal Normal Abnormal
9-10 110(±35)mΩ Open or Short
Terminal Normal Abnormal
1-2
26.5(+3/-1.3)Ω Open or Short
Terminal Normal Abnormal
1-2
3-4
26.5(+3/-1.3)Ω Open or Short
13.3(+1.5/-0.6)Ω Open or Short
3 + 6kW heater (400V, 3 phase)
Terminal Normal Abnormal
1-2=2-3=1-3
105.8(+11.8/-5)Ω Open or Short
4-5=5-6=4-6 52.9(+5.8/-2.5)Ω Open or Short
Earth leakage circuit breaker for heater If a short circuit occurs on the booster heater, immersion heater, or each power
line, a short-circuit breaker will trip and power source will be blocked.
Eliminate the causes of short circuit and then turn on the breaker again.
Relay for heater
When the applied voltage is not 230V AC across the terminals A1-A2, check the
terminals R-U, S-V, and T-W are open.
When the applied voltage is 230V AC across the terminals A1-A2, check the
terminals R-U, S-V, and T-W are short.
Flow switch
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
State of moving part Normal Abnormal
Paddle vertical (Flow < 5.5 l/min) Open Other than open
Paddle inclined (Flow > 5.5 l/min) Short Other than short
3-way valve
AB
AB
A
A
B
A
B
Motor
Valve
Indicator (red)
Release button
B
<DHW> <Heating>
AB
0
10
20
30
40
50
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature ()
Resistance (k)
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Temperature (°C)
Resistance (kΩ)
67
OCH531
Part Name Check Points
(1) Check the movement of the red indicator. The red indicator normally points
to A in DHW mode and to B in Heating mode as shown to the left.
(2) If each indicator position is correct but the 3-way valve does not work prop
erly, the motor may not t onto the valve securely, so remove the motor by
pressing the release button, and reinstall it.
-
Thermistors Disconnect the connector then measure the resistance with a tester.
<Thermistor Characteristics Charts>
• Room temperature thermistor (TH1)
• Liquid refrigerant temperature thermistor (TH2)
• Flow water temperature thermistor (THW1)
• Return water temperature thermistor (THW2)
• DHW tank temperature thermistor (THW5)
• Zone 1 ow water temperature thermistor (THW6)
• Zone 1 return water temperature thermistor (THW7)
• Zone 2 ow water temperature thermistor (THW8)
• Zone 2 return water temperature thermistor (THW9)
Thermistor R0 = 15kΩ ± 3%
B constant = 3480 ± 2%
Rt = 15exp {3480 (
273+t
11
–
)}
273
(At ambient temperatures of 10 - 30°C.)
Thermistor Normal Abnormal
TH1
TH2
THW1
THW2
THW5
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
4.3 - 9.5 kΩ Open or short
40 - 100 kΩ Open or short
0°C 15kΩ
10°C 9.6kΩ
20°C 6.3kΩ
25°C 5.2kΩ
30°C 4.3kΩ
40°C 3.0kΩ
• Boiler flow water temperature thermistor (THWB1)
• Boiler return water temperature thermistor (THWB2)
Thermistor R100 = 3.3kΩ ± 2%
B constant = 3970 ± 1%
Rt = 3.3exp {3970 (
0°C 162.8kΩ
10°C 97.4kΩ
20°C 60.3kΩ
25°C 48.1kΩ
30°C 38.6kΩ
40°C 25.4kΩ
50°C 17.1kΩ
60°C 11.9kΩ
70°C 8.4kΩ
80°C 6.0kΩ
273+t
11
–
)}
273
10-7. Test point diagram
FTC4 (Controller board)
68
CN3C
Transmission
(Indoor/Outdoor)
(0 - 24V DC)
CNW5
Thermistor
(DHW tank water temp.)
LED3
Transmission
(Indoor/Outdoor)
CNP1/OUT1 (TBO.1 3-4)
Water circulation pump1
(230V AC)
F2
6.3A/250V
CN01
Power supply
(230V AC)
F1
6.3A/250V
CNPWM
Water circulation
pump 1
(2 - 3: 5V DC)
OUT12 (TBO.2 3-4)
Signal output (Defrost) (230V AC)
OUT8 (TBO.2 11-12)
Signal output for booster heater 2+
(230V AC)
CNIH/OUT9 (TBO.2 9-10)
Signal output for immersion
heater
(230V AC)
CNBHT/BHT (TBO.2 13-14)
Thermostat input for
booster heater
IN7
(TBI.1 13-14)
Flow switch 3
input
CN22/RC(TBI.2 13-14)
Main controller
(10.4 - 13.7 V DC)
CNRF
Transmission (Indoor/
Wireless receiver)
(1-2: 11.5 - 13.2 V DC)
LED1
Power supply
(FTC4)
CN108
SD card
LED4
Reading or writing
data to SD card
LED2
Power supply
(Main controller)
THW9
(TBI.2 11-12)
Thermistor
(Zone2 return
water temp. )
THW7
(TBI.2 9-10)
Thermistor
(Zone1 return
water temp. )
THW6
(TBI.2 7-8)
Thermistor
(Zone1 flow
water temp. )
THWB2
(TBI.2 5-6)
Thermistor
(Boiler return
water temp.)
THWB1
(TBI.2 3-4)
Thermistor
(Boiler flow
water temp.)
THW8
(TBI.2 1-2)
Thermistor
(Zone2 flow
water temp. )
IN6
(TBI.1 11-12)
Room thermostat 2 input
IN5
(TBI.1 9-10)
Outdoor thermostat input
IN4
(TBI.1 7-8)
Demand
control input
IN3
(TBI.1 5-6)
Flow switch
2 input
IN1
(TBI.1 1-2)
Room thermostat 1 input
CN20
Thermistor
(Room temperature)
CN2F/IN2
(TBI.1 3-4)
Flow switch 1 input
CNBC
Signal output for booster heater
protection (230V AC)
OUT11 (TBO.2 1-2)
Signal output (Error)
(230V AC)
OUT5 (TBO.1 12-14)
Mixing valve (Field supply)
(12-13[Open]: 230VAC)
(13-14[Close]: 230VAC)
CNV1/OUT4 (TBO.1 9-11)
3-way valve
(9-10: 230V AC)
OUT3 (TBO.1 7-8)
Water circulation pump3
(Field supply) (230V AC)
OUT2 (TBO.1 5-6)
Water circulation pump2
(Field supply) (230V AC)
OUT10 (TBO.1 1-2)
Signal output (Boiler)
(non-voltage contact)
CN21
Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
CNW12
Thermistor
(1-2: Flow water temp.)
(3-4: Return water temp.)
CNBH
Signal output for booster heater
(1-3: heater1 230V AC)
(5-7: heater2 230V AC)
OCH531
11
OCH531
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
<Preparation for the repair service>
● Prepare the proper tools.
● Prepare the proper protectors.
● Provide adequate ventilation.
● After stopping the operation of the cylinder and outdoor unit, turn off the power-supply breaker and remove the
power plug.
● Discharge the condenser before the work involving the electric parts.
● Allow parts to cool.
● Do not expose the electric parts to water.
● When replacing or servicing water circuit parts, drain system first.
EHST20C-VM6HB, EHST20C-YM9HB, EHST20C-VM6B, EHST20C-YM9B, EHST20C-VM6EB,
EHST20C-YM9EB, EHST20C-VM6SB, EHPT20X-VM2HB, EHPT20X-VM6HB,
EHPT20X-YM9HB, EHPT20X-VM6B, EHPT20X-YM9B
Check individual illustrations and positions of the parts by referring to the parts catalog included in this manual.
Some lead wires and pipes are bundled with bands. Cut the bands to undo the fastened pipes and lead wires if necessary.
When bundling the lead wires and pipes again, use new commercially available bands.
When removing the parts associated with water pipe work, drain the cylinder unit as necessary (Refer to "Draining the cylinder
unit" on page 32.
When draining the cylinder unit, keep water from splashing on the internal parts (mainly electric parts and insulations).
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
1. How to remove the front panel
(1) Remove the 2 screws at the bottom of the cylinder unit. (Photo
1-1)
(2) Slightly lift and pull out the front panel from the cylinder unit. (Photo
1-1)
(3) Disconnect the relay connector connecting from the main
controller. (Photo 1-2)
Photo 1-2
Connector
2. How to remove the main controller
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1).
(2) Turn the front panel over and remove the 4 screws retaining the
controller support. (Photo 2-1)
(3) Remove the main controller from the case while moving up the
claw at the top of the case. (Figure 2-1)
Photo 1-1
Front panel
Photo 2-1
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
Main controller
Front panel fixing screws
Controller support
Front panel
Figure 2-1
Screws
70
71
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
OCH531
3. How to remove the electrical parts
(Steps (1) through (3) are applied to all the following parts.)
<Control box cover> (Photo 3-1)
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1).
(2) Remove the 4 screws holding the control box cover.
(3) Slightly lift and pull out the control box cover.
<Earth leakage circuit breaker> (Photo 3-2)
(4) Disconnect all the lead wires from the earth leakage cir-
cuit breaker.
(5)
Remove the 2 screws on the earth leakage circuit breaker.
Note:
To avoid dropping of the breaker, hold the breaker by
hand when removing the last screws.
<Contactor> (Photo 3-2)
(4) Disconnect all the lead wires from the contactors.
(5) Remove the 2 screws on each contactor.
Note:
To avoid dropping of the contactors, hold the contactors by hand when removing the last screws.
To prevent an electrical shock, wait until all the LED
lamps on the FTC4 control board are turned off.
<Terminal block> (Photo 3-2)
(4) Disconnect all the lead wires from the terminal block. (To
disconnect the S1, S2 and S3 lead wires, disengage the
locks by pressing on the claws.)
(5) Remove the screw on the terminal block.
Note: To avoid dropping of the terminal block, hold the
terminal block by hand when removing the screw .
Photo 3-1
Control box
cover
Photo 3-2
Controller
board
PHOTOS
Control box cover
fixing screws
Control box cover
fixing screws
Control box
Earth leakage circuit
breakers (ECB1, ECB2)
<Controller board> (Photo 3-3)
(4) Disconnect all the lead wires from the controller board.
(5) Remove the controller board from the 6 board supports.
Terminal block (TB1)
w The photos shown are of the EHST20C-YM9HB model.
Photo 3-3
Controller
board
Contactors
71
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
OCH531
4. How to remove the control box
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the control box cover. (Refer to Procedure 3.)
(3) Disconnect only the lead wires in the control box that
connect to the components in the cylinder unit.
Photo 4-2 shows the control box after the related lead
wires are disconnected.
(4) Remove the screw on the bracket (R) and disengage the
tab on the control box bracket from the right hand frame.
(Photo 4-1)
(5) Disengage the 2 tabs on the control box bracket (L) from
the left hand-side frame. (Photo 4-1)
(6) Slightly lift and pull out the control box from the cylinder
unit while tilting the control box backward.
<When swinging the control box to the front>
(3
) Remove the screw on the bracket (R) . (Photo 4-1)
(4) Remove the band.
(5) Disengage the tab on the control box bracket (R) from
the right-hand side frame and pull the control box by
lifting the right- hand side to swing the control box. (Photo
4-3)
(Photo 4-1)
Photo 4-1
Bracket (L) tab
Cable
clamps
Cable
strap
Bracket (L)
tab
Side
frame
Band (for pipe cover)
PHOTOS
CNP1 connector
Earth cable
Bracket (R)
tab
Screw
Side
frame
CN2F connector
Note:
Disconnect the field wiring as necessary.
Photo 4-3
Control box
Swing
w The photos shown are of the EHST20C-VM6HB
model.
Photo 4-2
w The photos shown are of the EHST20C-VM6HB
model.
72
73
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
OCH531
5. How to remove water pump/ pump valve
<Water pump>
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the control box cover. (Refer to Procedure 3.)
(3) Disconnect the CNP1 and CNPWM connector on the
controller board and release the lead wire from the 2
cable clamps and the cable strap in the control box, and
the 3 bands and the fastener below the control box, and
disconnect the earth cable in the control box. (Photos 4-1
10-1, 10-2)
(4) Close (OFF) the 2 pump valves and remove the water
pump by removing the two G1-1/2" nuts using two
spanners: one to hold the pump and the other to turn the
individual nuts. (Photo 5-1)
w
When either of the pump valve handles is stiff, remove
the individual handles and turn the individual stems 90
degree mainly by using a spanner. (Photo 5-2)
w When reinstalling the G1-1/2" nuts, use new G1-1/2"
gaskets. (Photo 5-4)
w Set the water pump in the orientation of the arrow
printed on the water pump and in the way that the
terminal box faces to the front.
<Pump valve>
(5) Remove the pump valves by removing the G1" nuts
using two spanners: one to hold each valve and the
other to turn each G1" nut.
w When reinstalling the G1" nuts, use new G1" gaskets.
(Photo 5-3)
w
When either of the pump valve handles is stiff, remove
the individual handles and turn the individual stems 90
degree mainly by using a spanner. (Photo 5-2)
w When reinstalling the pump valves, face the individual
handles to the right-hand side of the valve as
specified.
Note: Skip Steps (2) and (3) above when replacing the pump
valves only.
When replacing both the water pump and the pump
valves, skip Step (4) above.
Photo 5-1
Pump valve
(upper)
Water pump
Pump valve
(lower)
Photo 5-2
Pump valve
(upper)
Photo 5-3
PHOTOS
Nut (G1")
Gasket(G1")
Pump valve
handle (upper)
Nut (G
1-1/2"
Gasket (G1-1/2")
Terminal box
Nut (G
1-1/2"
Gasket (G1-1/2")
Pump valve
handle (lower)
Nut (G1")
Gasket(G1")
Stem
Gasket
(G1")
)
)
Photo 5-4
Gasket
(G1-1/2")
73
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
OCH531
PHOTOS
6. How to remove the
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the control box. (Refer to Procedure 4.)
(3) Remove the 3-way valve motor from the 3-way valve
while pressing the button on the front of the motor that
is with motor cap (viewed from the front of the cylinder
unit). (Photo 6-2)
w Press the button also when reinstalling the 3-way valve
motor.
(4) Remove the motor cap from the 3-way valve motor.
(Photo 6-1).
(5) Remove the 3-way valve by removing the three G1"
nuts in the order of the bottom, middle and top using two
spanners: one to hold the 3-way valve and the other to
turn each nut. (Photo 6-2)
w When reinstalling the G1" nuts, use new G1" gaskets.
A and B shown represent the bottom and the top
directions of the 3-way valve, respectively.
Note:
Before replacing the motor, be sure to power off the
cylinder unit.
Failure to do so may cause electric shock or cause the
3-way valve to malfunction.
3-WAY VALVE / 3-WAY VALVE MOTOR
Photo 6-1
Motor
cap
Button
3-way valve
motor
Photo 6-2
3-way valve
A
B
Nut (G1")
Gasket(G1")
Nut (G1")
Gasket(G1")
Gasket(G1")
Nut (G1")
Button
3-way valve
motor
3-way valve
Place to hold the 3-way valve with a spanner
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
OK
NG
NG
74
75
OCH531
PHOTOS
7. How to remove the flow switch
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the control box cover. (Refer to Procedure 3.)
(3) Disconnect the CN2F connector on the controller board.
(Photo 4-1)
(4) Release the lead wire from the 5 bands and 2 cable
straps. (Photos 10-1, 10-2)
(5) Close (OFF) the strainer valve handle (under).
(Photo 10-2)
w
When the valve handle is stiff, remove the handle and
turn the vertical stem 90 degree mainly by using a spanner. (Photo 5-2)
(6) Remove the flow switch by loosening the nut. (Photo 7-1)
w When reinstalling the flow switch, use a new O-ring.
(Photo 7-2)
Note: To ensure the correct functioning of the flow switch,
check the following when installing it:
▪ The flow switch paddle is set perpendicularly to the
water flow. (Photo 7-2)
▪ The lead wire of the flow switch points toward the left-
hand. (Photo 7-1)
▪ The lead wire runs parallel to the water pipe.
(Figure 7-1)
Photo 7-1
Photo 7-2
Lead wire
Flow switch
Nut
Flow direction
Figure 7-1
Flow
Flow
Flow
Flow switch
Lead wire
Flow switch
Flow switch
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
O-Ring
Flow switch paddle
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
75
OCH531
8. How to remove the booster heater
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the control box cover. (Refer to Procedure 3.)
(3) Disconnect the CNBHT connector on the controller
board, and the 4 booster heater lead wires wired to the
BHC1 and BHC2 contactors and release the lead wires
from the fastener, the 6 bands and the 2 cable straps.
(Photos 8-1, 10-1, 10-2)
(4) Close (OFF) the pump valve (lower) to stop flow. (Photo
8-2)
(5) Remove the two G1" nuts. (Photo 8-3)
w
When reinstalling the G1" nuts, use new G1" gaskets.
(6) Hold the top of the booster heater using a pipe wrench
and turn the flare nut using a spanner. (Photo 8-3)
(7) Remove the two screws on the heater stay. Lift the
booster heater slightly and remove the booster heater
from the heater stay. (Photo 8-4)
(8) Remove the drain cock from the booster heater.
(Photo 8-3)
w Replace the removed drain cock (primary circuit). The
reused drain cock could cause water leakage.
PHOTOS
Photo 8-1
Controller
board
CNBHT
connector
Control box
Terminal block (TB1)
w The photos shown are of the EHST20C-YM9HB model.
Photo 8-2
Earth leakage circuit
breakers (ECB1, ECB2)
Contactors
Photo 8-4
Photo 8-3
Booster
heater
Pump valve
handle (lower)
Pump valve
(lower)
Flare nut
Nut (G1")
Gasket (G1")
Screw
Heater stay
Nut (G1")
Screw
Drain cock
Gasket (G1")
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
76
77
OCH531
9. How to remove the thermostat/immersion heater
<Thermostat>
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Peel off the water-proof tapes on the plastic head of the
thermostat in order to reveal the thermostat terminals,
and disconnect the lead wires from the terminals.
(Photo 9-1)
w Use new commercially available water-proof tapes to
cover the terminals again.
(3) Pull out the thermostat.
<Immersion heater>
(4) Remove the tab cover and remove the back nut (G1-3/4")
using the tool included with the immersion heater. (Photo
9-2)
(5) Pull out the immersion heater.
w When reinstalling the immersion heater, use a new
G1-3/4" gasket.
When replacing the immersion heater only, skip Step (2).
Note:
After reinstalling the back nut with the tab cover onto
the tank, insert the immersion heater straight into the
tank through the back nut in order to provide adequate
sealing. Failure to do so may cause water leakage.
Always check for water leakage after installation.
Photo 9-1
Photo 9-2
PHOTOS
Water-proof tapes
Back nut
(G1-3/4")
Tool (*1)
(*1) When the model is the cylinder unit including immersion heater,
the tool is included with the unit. The tool is also included with
the immersion heater of optional parts.
Photo 9-3
Band
Lead wires
Thermostat/
Immersion heater
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
77
OCH531
PHOTOS
10. How to remove the plate heat exchanger
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Pump down the refrigerant circuit and close the
stop valve at the outdoor unit side. (Refer to 12.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION.)
(3) Remove the control box. (Refer to Procedure 4.)
(4)
Cut the bands and remove the pump frame. (Photo 10-1)
(5) Cut the bands bundling the pipes. (Photos 10-2, 10-3)
(6) Remove the 2 flare nuts on the refrigerant piping on top
of the
cylinder unit. (Photo 10-3)
(7)
Close (OFF) the strainer valve handle (under).
w
When the valve handle is stiff, remove the handle and
turn the vertical stem 90 degree mainly by using a
spanner. (Photo 5-2)
(8) Remove the G1" nut at the booster heater side of the
flexible hose. (Photo 10-2)
w When reinstalling the G1" nut, use a new G1" gasket.
(9)
Remove the G1" nut under the strainer valve. (Photo 10-2)
w When reinstalling the G1" nut, use a new G1" gasket.
(10) Remove the 4 screws fixing the plate heat exchanger.
(Photo 10-2)
Photo 10-1
Photo 10-2
Bands
Screw
Bands
Fastener
Pump frame
Screw
Photo 10-3
Bands
Flare nuts
Top panel
Screws
Plate heat
exchanger
Strainer
valve handle
(under)
Strainer
valve
Gasket (G1")
Screws
Nut (G1")
(under the strainer valve)
Band
Nut (G1")
Gasket (G1")
Band
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
78
79
OCH531
PHOTOS
10. How to remove the plate heat exchanger
(10)
Displace the plate heat exchanger together with the
refrigerant pipes, the water pipe and the flexible hose to
the front of the cylinder unit while feeding the top ends
of the 2 refrigerant pipes though the openings in the
top panel and remove the heat exchanger unit from the
cylinder unit. (Photos 10-3, 10-4, 10-5)
(11) Loosen the G1" nut on the water pipe and remove the
water pipe form the plate heat exchanger.
w When reinstalling the nut, use a new G1" gasket.
w When reinstalling the plate heat exchanger, reuse the
water pipe.
Photo 10-5
Nut on the flexible hose
Nut on the water pipe
(G1")
Photo 10-4
Refrigerant pipes
Gasket (G1")
Nut under the strainer valve
11. How to remove the strainer
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Close (OFF) the 2 strainer valves.
w When either of the strainer valve handles is stiff,
remove the individual handles and turn the individual
stems 90 degree mainly by using an adjustable
spanner. (Photo 5-2)
(3) Remove the two G1" nuts using two spanners: one to
hold the strainer and the other to turn the individual G1"
nuts.
w When reinstalling the G1" nuts, use new G1" gaskets.
<Removal of the strainer cover (debris recovery)>
(3) Remove the cover using two spanners: one to hold the
strainer and the other to turn the cover.
w Be sure to reattach the mesh after washing it.
w When placing the strainer back into place, use a new
O-ring. (Photo11-2)
Photo 11-2
Cover
Strainer mesh
O-ring
Plate heat
exchanger
Photo 11-1
Flexible hose
Water pipe
Nut (G1")
Gasket (G1")
Strainer valve handle
Strainer
Cover
Strainer valve handle
Nut (G1")
Gasket (G1")
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
79
OCH531
12. How to remove the
vent (automatic)
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Swing the control box to the front. (Refer to Procedure 4.)
pressure relief valve / manometer / air
PHOTOS
Photo 12-1
<Manometer>
(3)
Hold the bottom of the manometer cover and disengage 2
claws, and remove the manometer cover from the top panel
by sliding it backward. (Photo 12-1)
(4) Remove the G1/4" nut from the pressure relief valve and
remove the capillary tube from the pressure relief valve.
wWhen reinstalling the G1/4" nut, use a new G1/4"
gasket. (Photo 12-2)
(5) Remove the manometer assembly from the cylinder unit.
(6) Remove the manometer from the manometer cover while
pressing on the claws. (Photo 12-3)
w Beware not to put strain on the root of the capillary
tube as the capillary tube is easy to break at the root.
(Photo 12-3)
<
Pressure relief valve>
(3) Remove the field piping from the pressure relief valve.
(4) Remove the G1/4" nut and remove the capillary tube
from the pressure relief valve. (Photo 12-2)
wWhen reinstalling the G1/4" nut, use a new G1/4"
gasket. (Photo 12-2)
(5) Remove the pressure relief valve with a flare joint using
two spanners: the one to hold the flare joint and the other
to turn the flare nut. (Photo 12-2)
(6) Remove the pressure relief valve using two spanners:
one to hold the flare joint and the other to turn the
pressure relief valve. (Photo 12-4)
(7) Eliminate locktite on the thread surfaces using remover.
(Photo 12-4)
wBefore reinstallation, apply locktite over the thread
surface on the pressure relief valve.
wFor more details about the locktite and the remover,
refer to Page 84.
Photo 12-4
Pressure relief valve
Flare joint
Photo 12-2
Manometer
cover
Capillary tube
Photo 12-3
Air vent
Flare joint
Flare nut
Capillary tube
Nut (G1/4")
Manometer
Manometer
cover
Pressure
relief valve
Flare joint
Flare nut
Gasket (G1/4")
Claw
Threads for application of loctite
<
Air vent (automatic)
>
(3) Remove the air vent (automatic) using two spanners: one to
hold the flare joint and the other to turn the flare nut.
(Photos 12-2)
(4) Remove the air vent with the flare joint. (Photo 12-2)
(5) Remove the flare joint from the air vent. (Photo 12-5)
Photo 12-5
Air vent
Flare joint
Root
Claw
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
80
81
OCH531
13.
How to remove the expansion vessel
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Swing the control box to the front. (Refer to Procedure 4.)
(3) Remove the flare nut using two spanners: one to hold the
flare joint and the other to turn the flare nut.
(4) Displace the pipe slightly downward and pull out the
expansion vessel.
(5) Remove the flare joint from the expansion vessel.
w
When reinstalling the flare joint, use a new G3/8" gasket.
Note: To avoid dropping of the expansion vessel, hold it
by hand when removing it.
Photo 13-1
Photo 13-2
PHOTOS
Expansion vessel
Flare joint
Flare joint
Flare nut
Pipe
Gasket (G3/8")
14.
How to remove the temperature and pressure (T&P)
relief valve
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Swing the control box to the front. (Refer to Procedure 4.)
(3) Remove the field piping from the temperature and
pressure relief valve.
(4)
Turn the back nut (G1-3/4") using a specified tool and remove
the temperature and pressure relief valve. (Photo 14-2)
(5) Eliminate locktite on the thread surfaces using remover.
(Photo 14-3)
w
Before reinstallation, apply locktite over the thread surface
on the temperature and pressure relief valve and install the
temperature and pressure relief valve with the T&P joint
and the back nut.
w When reinstalling the T&P relief valve, point the nut to the
bottom as specified. (Photo 14-1)
w For more details about the locktite and the remover, refer
to Page 84.
w When reinstalling the T&P, use a new G1-3/4" gasket.
15. How to remove the air vent (manual)
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the air vent (manual) with a flare joint using two
spanners: one to hold the flare joint and the other to turn
the flare nut.
(3) Remove the flare joint from the air vent.
(EHPT20X-VM2HB only)
Photo 14-1
T&P relief valve
Nut
(*2) The JIG is set as a service part.
Photo 14-3
Photo 15-1
T&P joint
Flare joint
Back nut
Threads for application of loctite
Photo 14-2
JIG (for back nut) (*2)
Back nut (G1-3/4")
T&P relief valve
Flare nut
Air vent (manual)
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
81
OCH531
16. How to remove the drain cock (primary circuit)
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
Booster heater side
(2) Remove the drain cock from the booster heater by
turning the drain cock.
Pipe side
(2) Remove the drain cock from the pipe using two spanners:
one to hold the flare joint and the other to turn the flare
joint nut.
(3) Remove the flare joint from the drain cock.
Photo 16-1
PHOTOS
Drain cock
(booster heater side)
17.
How to remove the drain cock (sanitary circuit)
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the drain cock by removing the nut.
w
When reinstalling the nut, use a new G3/4" gasket.
18. How to remove the flexible hose
Between the plate heat exchanger and the booster heater
(1)
Remove the plate heat exchanger from the cylinder unit.
(Refer to Procedure 10.)
(2) Remove the flexible hose from the plate heat exchanger
by removing the G1" nut. (Photo 18-2)
w When reinstalling the G1" nuts, use new G1" gaskets.
DHW tank side
(1)
Remove the left-hand side panel.
(Refer to Procedure 20.)
(2) Disconnect the flexible hose by turning the nuts on the
hose ends.
w When reinstalling the nuts, use new G3/4" gaskets.
Photo 18-3
Drain cock
(Pipe side)
Photo 17-1
Photo 18-1
Photo 18-2
Flare joint
Drain cock (sanitary circuit)
Flexible hose
Flare nut
Nut (G3/4")
Gasket
(G3/4")
Booster heater
Nut (G1")
Gasket
(G1")
Nut (G3/4")
Flexible hose
Nut (G3/4")
(Side view)
Gasket (G3/4")
Plate heat exchanger
Gasket (G3/4")
Plate heat
exchanger
Nut (G1")
Gasket
(G1")
Flexible hose
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
82
83
OCH531
19. Remove
/ flow water temp. & return water temp. thermistor
(THW1,THW2) / tank water temp. thermistor (THW5)
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the control box cover. (Refer to Procedure 3.)
(3) Disconnect the following thermistor connectors on the
(4) Remove the thermistors from the thermistor holders.
Photo 19-2
Thermistor
connectors
<TH2>
<THW1>
<THW2>
<THW5>
Cable
clamp
the liquid refrigerant temp. thermistor (TH2)
controller board and release the lead wires from cable
clamps and bands.
• TH2 (TH2) (cable clamp, cable strap, fastener and band)
•
THW1, THW2 (THW12) (cable clamp, cable strap, fastener and band)
• THW5 (THW5) (cable clamp, cable strap, fastener and band)
Photo 19-1
Thermistor
<TH2>
PHOTOS
Thermistor
<THW2>
Thermistor <THW1>
Thermistor <THW5>
Cable strap
Fastener
Band
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
83
OCH531
PHOTOS
20. How to remove the side panels
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the side panel by removing 12 screw fixing the
side panels (6 screws each on the right and left panels).
Note:
Photo 20 shows the right side panel only. The left side
panel will be removed by the same procedure.
21.
How to remove the back panel
(1) Remove the front panel. (Refer to Procedure 1.)
(2) Remove the side panels. (Refer to Procedure 20.)
(3) Remove the 4 screws (2 each at the front and back) on
the top panel .
(4) Remove the 2 screws on the back panel, and pull out the
back panel while lifting the top panel.
Note:
The handles are removed by pushing them up.
Photo 20
Screws
(Top panel)
Side panel (Left)
Screws
Photo 21
Top panel
Side panel (Right)
Screws
Screws (Top panel)
Handles
Screws
(Back panel)
Notes on replacing the parts
OCH531
Replacement of the parts listed below requires the following procedure.
After the parts are removed, eliminate loctite on threads by applying loctite remover, apply new loctite, and then install and tighten the parts to the specied
tightening torques below. For details about recommended loctite and loctite remover, refer to Table 11-1, and for details about the replacement parts and
their tightening torques, refer to Table 11-2.
Table 11-1
Recommended Manufacturer No. Note
Loctite Henkel Loctite 577 Apply loctite all over from the end of external thread to the second
ridge. After installing the parts, x the parts for at least 30 minutes
Loctite remover Henkel Loctite 7200 Gasket Remover Spray loctite remover over sealant on the threads, let the sealant
Note: When using the products above, refer to the appropriate manuals that come with the individual products.
Table 11-2
Part name *1
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 3bar 15 ± 1
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 15 ± 1
*1. For more details about the listed parts refer to the parts catalogue included in this manual.
*2. Undertightening and overtightening the parts affect water seal life. Tighten the parts to the appropriate tightening torques.
When installing the parts that are not listed above, observe the tightening torques in accordance with Table
Always use a new O-ring or gasket.
Table 11-3
Size
[inch]
G1/4" 8 ± 1
G3/8" 15 ± 1
Gasket
O-ring
Attached packing
Flare joint (for water circuit parts)
After the procedure is complete, ensure that no water leaks.
Drain cock (primary circuit) 15 ± 1
G3/4" 36 ± 2
G1" 42 ± 2
G1 1/2" 42 ± 2
G1 3/4" 10 ± 1
Strainer cover 45 ± 4.5
Flow switch 8 ± 1
Air vent (Automatic) 15 ± 1
Air vent (manual) 15 ± 1
Recommended tightening
torque [Nm] *2
Recommended tightening torque
[Nm]
35 ± 2
sit until soft, and then eliminate it with a wire brush.
11-3
.
84 85
12
OCH531
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Refrigerant collecting (pumpdown) for split model systems only
Refer to “Refrigerant collection” in the outdoor unit installation manual or service manual.
Back-up operation of boiler
Heating operation is backed up by boiler.
For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E.
<Installation & System set up>
1. Set Dip-SW 1-1 to ON "With boiler" and SW2-6 to ON “With Mixing tank”.
2. Install the thermistors THWB1 (Flow temp.) and THWB2 (return temp.) *1 on the boiler circuit.
3. Connect the output wire (OUT10: Boiler operation) to the input (room thermostat input) on the boiler. *2
4. Install one of the following room temp. thermostats. *3
Wireless remote controller (option)
Room temp. thermostat (eld supply)
Main controller (remote position)
*1 The boiler temp. thermistor is an optional part.
*2 OUT10 has no voltage across it.
*3 Boiler heating is controlled on/off by the room temp. thermostat.
<Remote controller settings>
1. Go to Service menu > Heat source setting and choose “Boiler” or “Auto”. *4
2. Go to Service menu > Operation settings > Boiler settings to make detailed settings for “Auto” above .
*4 The “Auto” automatically switches heat sources between Heat pump (and Electric heater) and boiler.
13
OCH531
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
Engineers Forms
Should settings be changed from default, please enter and record new setting in ‘Field Setting’ column. This will ease resetting in the future should the system use change
or the circuit board need to be replaced.
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet
Main controller screen Parameters
Main Zone1 heating room temp. 10°C - 30°C 20°C
Option Forced DHW operation On/Off —
Setting DHW Operation mode Normal/Eco Normal
Legionella prevention Active Yes/No Yes
Heating Zone1 operation mode Room temp/Flow temp/Compensation curve Room temp
Compensation
curve
Holiday DHW Active/Non active Non active
Initial settings Language ENG/FR/GER/SW/SP/IT/DA/NL/FIN/NOR/PT ENG
Service menu Thermistor
*1 The settings related to Zone2 can be switched only when Zone2 temperature control is enabled (when Dip SW2-6 and SW 2-7 are ON).
*2 Decreasing “time before pump switched off” may increase the duration of stand-by in Heating mode.
Hi set point Zone1 outdoor ambient temp. −15°C - +35°C −15°C
Lo set point Zone1 outdoor ambient temp. −15°C - +35°C 35°C
Adjust Zone1 outdoor ambient temp. −14°C - +34°C —
Zone2 heating room temp. *1 10°C - 30°C 20°C
Zone1 heating ow temp. 25°C - 60°C 45°C
Zone2 heating ow temp. *1 25°C - 60°C 35°C
Zone1 heating compensation curve −9°C - + 9°C 0°C
Zone2 heating compensation curve *1 −9°C - + 9°C 0°C
Holiday mode Active/Non active/Set time —
DHW On/Off/Timer On
Heating On/Off/Timer On
Holiday mode Active/Non active/Set time —
DHW max. temp. 40°C - 60°C 50°C
DHW temp. drop 5°C - 30°C 10°C
DHW max. operation time 30 - 120 mins 60 mins
DHW mode restriction 30 - 120 mins 30 mins
Hot water temp. 60°C - 70°C 65°C
Frequency 1 - 30 days 15 days
Start time 00.00 - 23.00 03.00
Max. operation time 1 - 5 hours 3 hours
Duration of maximum temp. 1 - 120 mins 30 min
Zone2 operation mode *1
Zone1 ow temp. 25°C – 60°C 50°C
Zone2 outdoor ambient temp. *1
Zone2 ow temp. *1 25°C - 60°C 40°C
Zone1 ow temp. 25°C - 60°C 25°C
Zone2 outdoor ambient temp. *1
Zone2 ow temp. 25°C - 60°C 25°C
Zone1 ow temp. 25°C - 60°C —
Zone2 outdoor ambient temp. *1
Zone2 ow temp. *1 25°C - 60°C —
Heating Active/Non active Active
Zone1 heating room temp. 10°C - 30°C 15°C
Zone2 heating room temp. *1 10°C - 30°C 15°C
Zone1 heating ow temp. 25°C - 60°C 35°C
Zone2 heating ow temp. *1 25°C - 60°C 25°C
°C/°F °C/°F °C
Temp. display Room/DHW tank/Room&DHW tank /Off Off
Time display hh:mm/hh:mm AM/AM hh:mm hh:mm
Room sensor settings for Zone1 TH1/Main RC/Room RC1-8/“Time/Zone” TH1
Room sensor settings for Zone2 *1 TH1/Main RC/Room RC1-8/“Time/Zone” TH1
Room RC zone select *1 Zone1/Zone2 Zone1
adjustment
Auxiliary settings Economy settings
THW1
THW2
THW5
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
for pump.
Electric heater
(Heating)
Electric heater
(DHW)
Mixing valve control Running (10 - 240 secs) 120 secs
Pump speed Pump speed (1 - 5) 5
Room temp/Flow temp/Compensation curve
−15°C - +35°C −15°C
−15°C - +35°C 35°C
−14°C - +34°C —
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
−10°C - +10°C 0°C
On/Off *4 On
Time before pump switched off (3
Space heating: On (used)/Off (not used) On
Electric heater delay timer (5 - 180 mins) 30 mins
DHW: On (used)/Off (not used) On
Electric heater delay timer (15 - 30 mins)
Interval (1 - 30 mins) 2 mins
-
60 mins) *2
Default setting
Compensation
curve
10 mins
15 mins
(Continued to next page.)
Field
setting
Notes
86 87
(From the previous page.)
OCH531
Engineers Forms
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet (continued from the previous page)
Main controller screen Parameters
Service menu Heat source setting Standard/Heater/Boiler/Hybrid *3 Standard
*3 When Dip SW1-1 is set to OFF “WITHOUT Boiler” or SW2-6 is set to OFF “WITHOUT Mixing tank”, neither Boiler nor Hybrid can be selected.
*4 On: the function is active; Off: the function is inactive.
*5 “*” of “*/kwh” represents currency unit (e.g. € or £ or the like)
Operation set-
tings
External input
settings
Freeze stat function Outdoor ambient temp. (3 - 20°C) 5°C
Simultaneous
operation (DHW/
Heating)
Cold weather function
Room temp control
(Heating)
Boiler operation
Floor dry up function
Demand control
(IN4)
Outdoor thermostat
(IN5)
On/Off *4 Off
Outdoor ambient temp. (−15 - +10°C) −15°C
On/Off *4 Off
Outdoor ambient temp. (−15 - −10°C) −15°C
Temp. control interval (10 - 60 mins) 10 mins
Flow temp. range
Heat pump thermo diff.
adjust
Hybrid settings Outdoor ambient temp. (−15 - +10°C) −15°C
Intelligent settings Energy price
On/Off *4 Off
Target temp. Start&Finish
Flow temp. (Increase)
Flow temp. (Decrease)
Heat source OFF/Boiler operation Boiler
Heater operation/Boiler operation Boiler
Min. temp. (25 - 45°C)
Max. temp. (35 - 60°C)
On/Off *4 On
Lower limit (
Upper limit (+3 - +5°C)
Priority mode (Ambient/Cost/CO
*5
CO2
emission
Heat source Heat pump capacity
Max. temp.
Max. temp. period
Temp. increase step (+1 - +10°C) +5°C
Increase interval (1 - 7 days)
Temp. decrease step (−1 - −10°C)
Decrease interval (1 - 7 days)
−
9 - –1°C)
Electricity (0.001 - 999 */kWh)
Boiler (0.001 - 999 */kWh)
Electricity
(0.001 - 999 kg -CO2/kWh)
Boiler (0.001
-CO2/kWh)
(1
- 40 kW)
Boiler efciency
- 150%)
(25
Booster heater 1 capacity
(1
- 20 kW)
Booster heater 2 capacity
(1
- 20 kW)
(25 - 60°C) 30°C
(25 - 60°C) 45°C
(1 - 20 days)
2)
- 999 kg
Default
setting
30°C
50°C
−5°C
5°C
Ambient
0.5
*/kWh
0.5
*/kWh
0.5 kg -CO2/kWh
0.5 kg -CO2/kWh
11.2
kW
80%
2 kW
4 kW
5 days
2 days
−
5°C
2 days
operation
operation
Field
setting
Notes
Annual Maintenance Log Book
OCH531
Contractor name Engineer name
Site name Site number
Cylinder unit maintenance record sheet
Warranty number Model number
No. Mechanical Frequency Notes
Turn OFF water supply, drain DHW tank, remove mesh from strainer
1
clean and replace in strainer. *1
Keep water supply OFF, open hot water taps and check the primary-side
2
expansion vessel charge pressure. Top up if necessary (1 bar).
Keep water supply OFF and check the potable vessel charge pressure.
3
Top up if necessary (3.5 bar).
Keep water supply OFF. In hard water areas de-scaling of the immersion
4
heaters may be required.
Drop the primary/heating system pressure to zero check and if neces-
5
sary top up the expansion vessel (1 bar). Air valve of expansion vessel is
TR-412.
Turn water supply ON, open the pressure relief valve and then the expansion relief valve in turn. Check for unrestricted discharge to the tundish
6
and that the valves reseat correctly. Check there are no blockages in the
tundish and associated pipework.
Check and if necessary top up the concentration of anti-freeze/inhibitor (if
7
used in the system).
Top up the primary/heating system using a temporary backow preven-
8
tion lling loop and re-pressurise to 1 bar.
Heat system and check pressure does not rise above 3 bar and no water
9
is released from the safety valves.
10 Release any air from the system.
To check the 3-way valve for inside leaks, conrm that the temperature of
11
the heat emitter does not rise when running the DHW mode.
Refrigerant models only [except EHPT20 series] Frequency Notes
1 Refer to outdoor unit manual.
Electrical Frequency Notes
1 Check condition of cables.
2 Check rating and fuse tted on the electricity supply.
Controller Frequency Notes
1 Check eld settings against factory recommendations.
2 Check operation of motorized valves ensure they reseat correctly.
3 Check battery power of wireless thermostat and replace if necessary.
Outdoor heat pump unit maintenance record sheet
Model number Serial number
Mechanical Frequency Notes
1 Inspect grill and air inlet for trapped debris/damage.
2 Check condensate drain provision.
3 Check integrity of water pipework and insulation.
4 Check all electrical connections.
5 Check and record the operation voltage.
* Checks should be carried out once a year.
*1 Be sure to reattach the mesh after washing.
Serial number
Note: Within the rst couple of months of installation, remove and clean the cylinder unit’s strainer plus any that are tted external to the cylinder unit. This is
In addition to annual servicing it is necessary to replace or inspect some parts after a certain period of system operation. Please see tables below for detailed instructions.
Replacement and inspection of parts should always be done by a competent person with relevant training and qualications.
Parts which require regular replacement
*
especially important when installing on an existing system.
Parts Replace every Possible failures
Pressure relief valve (PRV)
Air vent (Auto/Manual)
Drain cock (Primary circuit)
Flexible hose
Manometer
Inlet control group (ICG)*
OPTIONAL PARTS for UK
6 years
Wat er lea kag e d ue to
brass/copper corrosion
(Dezincication)
Parts which require regular inspection
Parts Check every Possible failures
Immersion heater 2 years
Water circulation pump 20,000 hrs (3 years)
Parts which must NOT be reused when servicing
* O-ring
* Gasket
Note: Always replace the gasket for pump with a new one at each regular
maintenance (every 20,000 hours of use or every 3 years).
Earth leakage causing
circuit breaker to activate
(Heater is always OFF)
Water circulation pump
failure
88 89
OCH531
HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
Copyright 2012 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION
Distributed in Sep. 2012 No. OCH531
Made in Japan
New publication, effective Sep. 2012
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Loading...